blob: b74ce0de486a516f214e9fc81f04ee0b2375000d [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
17#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
18# include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
19#endif
20
21static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
22static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000023static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
24
25/*
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
27 */
28 int
29get_indent()
30{
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
32}
33
34/*
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
36 */
37 int
38get_indent_lnum(lnum)
39 linenr_T lnum;
40{
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
42}
43
44#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
45/*
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
47 * "buf".
48 */
49 int
50get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
51 buf_T *buf;
52 linenr_T lnum;
53{
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
55}
56#endif
57
58/*
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
61 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000062 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000063get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
64 char_u *ptr;
65 int ts;
66{
67 int count = 0;
68
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
70 {
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
75 else
76 break;
77 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000078 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000079}
80
81/*
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
85 * "flags":
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
90 */
91 int
92set_indent(size, flags)
93 int size;
94 int flags;
95{
96 char_u *p;
97 char_u *newline;
98 char_u *oldline;
99 char_u *s;
100 int todo;
101 int ind_len;
102 int line_len;
103 int doit = FALSE;
104 int ind_done;
105 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000106 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000107
108 /*
109 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
110 * characters needed for the indent.
111 */
112 todo = size;
113 ind_len = 0;
114 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
115
116 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
117 * isn't already set */
118
119 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
151 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
152 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
153 if (todo >= tab_pad)
154 {
155 doit = TRUE;
156 todo -= tab_pad;
157 ++ind_len;
158 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
159 }
160 }
161
162 /* count tabs required for indent */
163 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
164 {
165 if (*p != TAB)
166 doit = TRUE;
167 else
168 ++p;
169 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
170 ++ind_len;
171 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
172 }
173 }
174 /* count spaces required for indent */
175 while (todo > 0)
176 {
177 if (*p != ' ')
178 doit = TRUE;
179 else
180 ++p;
181 --todo;
182 ++ind_len;
183 /* ++ind_done; */
184 }
185
186 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
187 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
188 return FALSE;
189
190 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
191 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
192 p = oldline;
193 else
194 p = skipwhite(p);
195 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
196 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
197 if (newline == NULL)
198 return FALSE;
199
200 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
201 s = newline;
202 todo = size;
203 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
204 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
205 {
206 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
207 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
208 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
209 {
210 p = oldline;
211 ind_done = 0;
212
213 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
214 {
215 if (*p == TAB)
216 {
217 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
218 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
219 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
220 if (todo < tab_pad)
221 break;
222 todo -= tab_pad;
223 ind_done += tab_pad;
224 }
225 else
226 {
227 --todo;
228 ++ind_done;
229 }
230 *s++ = *p++;
231 }
232
233 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
234 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
235 if (todo >= tab_pad)
236 {
237 *s++ = TAB;
238 todo -= tab_pad;
239 }
240
241 p = skipwhite(p);
242 }
243
244 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
245 {
246 *s++ = TAB;
247 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
248 }
249 }
250 while (todo > 0)
251 {
252 *s++ = ' ';
253 --todo;
254 }
255 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
256
257 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
258 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
259 {
260 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
261 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
262 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
263 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
264 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
265 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000266 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000267 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268 }
269 else
270 vim_free(newline);
271
272 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000273 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000274}
275
276/*
277 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
278 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
279 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
280 */
281 static int
282copy_indent(size, src)
283 int size;
284 char_u *src;
285{
286 char_u *p = NULL;
287 char_u *line = NULL;
288 char_u *s;
289 int todo;
290 int ind_len;
291 int line_len = 0;
292 int tab_pad;
293 int ind_done;
294 int round;
295
296 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
297 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
298 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
299 {
300 todo = size;
301 ind_len = 0;
302 ind_done = 0;
303 s = src;
304
305 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
306 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
307 {
308 if (*s == TAB)
309 {
310 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
311 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
312 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
313 if (todo < tab_pad)
314 break;
315 todo -= tab_pad;
316 ind_done += tab_pad;
317 }
318 else
319 {
320 --todo;
321 ++ind_done;
322 }
323 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000324 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000325 *p++ = *s;
326 ++s;
327 }
328
329 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
330 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
331 if (todo >= tab_pad)
332 {
333 todo -= tab_pad;
334 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000335 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000336 *p++ = TAB;
337 }
338
339 /* Add tabs required for indent */
340 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
341 {
342 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
343 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000344 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000345 *p++ = TAB;
346 }
347
348 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
349 while (todo > 0)
350 {
351 --todo;
352 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000353 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000354 *p++ = ' ';
355 }
356
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000357 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000358 {
359 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
360 * and the rest of the line. */
361 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
362 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
363 if (line == NULL)
364 return FALSE;
365 p = line;
366 }
367 }
368
369 /* Append the original line */
370 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
371
372 /* Replace the line */
373 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
374
375 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
376 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
377 return TRUE;
378}
379
380/*
381 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
382 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000383 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000384 */
385 int
386get_number_indent(lnum)
387 linenr_T lnum;
388{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 colnr_T col;
390 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000391 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000392
393 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
394 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000395 pos.lnum = 0;
396 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
397 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
398 {
399 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000400 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000401 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
402 {
403 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
404 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
405#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
406 pos.coladd = 0;
407#endif
408 }
409 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
410 }
411
412 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000413 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000414 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
415 return (int)col;
416}
417
418#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
419
420static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
421
422/*
423 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
424 */
425 static int
426cin_is_cinword(line)
427 char_u *line;
428{
429 char_u *cinw;
430 char_u *cinw_buf;
431 int cinw_len;
432 int retval = FALSE;
433 int len;
434
435 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
436 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
437 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
438 {
439 line = skipwhite(line);
440 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
441 {
442 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
443 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
444 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
445 {
446 retval = TRUE;
447 break;
448 }
449 }
450 vim_free(cinw_buf);
451 }
452 return retval;
453}
454#endif
455
456/*
457 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
458 *
459 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
460 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
461 *
462 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
463 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
464 * new line.
465 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
466 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
467 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
468 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
469 *
470 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
471 */
472 int
473open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
474 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
475 int flags;
476 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
477{
478 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
479 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
480 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
481 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
482 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
483 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
484 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
485 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
486 int n;
487 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
488 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
489#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
490 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
491 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
492 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
493 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
494#endif
495 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
496#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
497 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
498 char_u *p;
499#endif
500 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
501#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
502 pos_T *pos;
503#endif
504#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
505 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
506# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
507 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
508# endif
509 );
510 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
511 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
512#endif
513#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
514 int vreplace_mode;
515#endif
516 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
517 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
518
519 /*
520 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
521 */
522 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
523 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
524 return FALSE;
525
526#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
527 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
528 {
529 /*
530 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
531 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
532 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
533 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
534 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
535 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
536 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
537 */
538 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
539 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
540 else
541 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
542 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
543 goto theend;
544
545 /*
546 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
547 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
548 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
549 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
550 * etc) a bit later.
551 */
552 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
553 replace_push(NUL);
554 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
555 while (*p != NUL)
556 replace_push(*p++);
557 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
558 }
559#endif
560
561 if ((State & INSERT)
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564#endif
565 )
566 {
567 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
568#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
569 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
570 {
571 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
572 first_char = *p;
573 }
574#endif
575#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
576 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
577#endif
578 saved_char = *p_extra;
579 *p_extra = NUL;
580 }
581
582 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
583#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
584 did_si = FALSE;
585#endif
586 ai_col = 0;
587
588 /*
589 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
590 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
591 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
592 */
593 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
594 trunc_line = TRUE;
595
596 /*
597 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
598 * indent to use for the new line.
599 */
600 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
601#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
602 || do_si
603#endif
604 )
605 {
606 /*
607 * count white space on current line
608 */
609 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
610 if (newindent == 0)
611 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
612
613#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
614 /*
615 * Do smart indenting.
616 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
617 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
618 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
619 * "if (condition) {"
620 */
621 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
622 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
623 {
624 char_u *ptr;
625 char_u last_char;
626
627 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
628 ptr = saved_line;
629# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
630 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
631 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
632 else
633 lead_len = 0;
634# endif
635 if (dir == FORWARD)
636 {
637 /*
638 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
639 * recognised as comments.
640 */
641 if (
642# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
643 lead_len == 0 &&
644# endif
645 ptr[0] == '#')
646 {
647 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
648 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
649 newindent = get_indent();
650 }
651# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
652 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
653 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
654 else
655 lead_len = 0;
656 if (lead_len > 0)
657 {
658 /*
659 * This case gets the following right:
660 * \*
661 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
662 * *\
663 * #define IN_THE_WAY
664 * This should line up here;
665 */
666 p = skipwhite(ptr);
667 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
668 p++;
669 if (p[0] == '*')
670 {
671 for (p++; *p; p++)
672 {
673 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
674 {
675 /*
676 * End of C comment, indent should line up
677 * with the line containing the start of
678 * the comment
679 */
680 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
681 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
682 {
683 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
684 newindent = get_indent();
685 }
686 }
687 }
688 }
689 }
690 else /* Not a comment line */
691# endif
692 {
693 /* Find last non-blank in line */
694 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
695 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
696 --p;
697 last_char = *p;
698
699 /*
700 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
701 */
702 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
703 {
704 if (p > ptr)
705 --p;
706 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
707 --p;
708 }
709 /*
710 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
711 * lines. eg:
712 * if (condition &&
713 * condition) {
714 * Should line up here!
715 * }
716 */
717 if (*p == ')')
718 {
719 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
720 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
721 {
722 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
723 newindent = get_indent();
724 ptr = ml_get_curline();
725 }
726 }
727 /*
728 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
729 * checking for "if" and the like.
730 */
731 if (last_char == '{')
732 {
733 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
734 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
735 }
736 /*
737 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
738 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
739 * '}'.
740 */
741 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
742 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
743 did_si = TRUE;
744 }
745 }
746 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
747 {
748 /*
749 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
750 * recognised as comments.
751 */
752 if (
753# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
754 lead_len == 0 &&
755# endif
756 ptr[0] == '#')
757 {
758 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
759
760 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
761 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
762 {
763 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
764 was_backslashed = TRUE;
765 else
766 was_backslashed = FALSE;
767 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
768 }
769 if (was_backslashed)
770 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
771 else
772 newindent = get_indent();
773 }
774 p = skipwhite(ptr);
775 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
776 did_si = TRUE;
777 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
778 can_si_back = TRUE;
779 }
780 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
781 }
782 if (do_si)
783 can_si = TRUE;
784#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
785
786 did_ai = TRUE;
787 }
788
789#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
790 /*
791 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
792 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
793 */
794 end_comment_pending = NUL;
795 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
796 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
797 else
798 lead_len = 0;
799 if (lead_len > 0)
800 {
801 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
802 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
803 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
804 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
805 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
806 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
807 int current_flag;
808 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
809 char_u *p2;
810
811 /*
812 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
813 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
814 */
815 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
816 {
817 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
818 {
819 require_blank = TRUE;
820 continue;
821 }
822 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
823 {
824 current_flag = *p;
825 if (*p == COM_START)
826 {
827 /*
828 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
829 */
830 if (dir == BACKWARD)
831 {
832 lead_len = 0;
833 break;
834 }
835
836 /* find start of middle part */
837 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
838 require_blank = FALSE;
839 }
840
841 /*
842 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
843 */
844 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
845 {
846 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
847 require_blank = TRUE;
848 ++p;
849 }
850 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
851
852 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
853 {
854 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
855 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
856 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
857 ++p;
858 }
859 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
860
861 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
862 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
863
864 /*
865 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
866 * the comment leader.
867 */
868 if (dir == FORWARD)
869 {
870 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
871 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
872 {
873 comment_end = p;
874 lead_len = 0;
875 break;
876 }
877 }
878
879 /*
880 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
881 */
882 if (lead_len > 0)
883 {
884 if (current_flag == COM_START)
885 {
886 lead_repl = lead_middle;
887 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
888 }
889
890 /*
891 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
892 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
893 * comment leader on the next line.
894 */
895 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
896 && ((p_extra != NULL
897 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
898 || (p_extra == NULL
899 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
900 || require_blank))
901 extra_space = TRUE;
902 }
903 break;
904 }
905 if (*p == COM_END)
906 {
907 /*
908 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
909 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
910 * start (for C-comments).
911 */
912 if (dir == FORWARD)
913 {
914 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
915 lead_len = 0;
916 break;
917 }
918
919 /*
920 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
921 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
922 */
923 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
924 --p;
925 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
926 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
927 ;
928 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
929
930 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
931 * the comment-end */
932 extra_space = TRUE;
933
934 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
935 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
936 {
937 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
938 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
939 }
940 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
941 {
942 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
943 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
944 p2++;
945 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
946 }
947 break;
948 }
949 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
950 {
951 /*
952 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
953 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
954 */
955 if (dir == BACKWARD)
956 lead_len = 0;
957 else
958 {
959 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
960 lead_repl_len = 0;
961 }
962 break;
963 }
964 }
965 if (lead_len)
966 {
967 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
968 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
969 extra_len + 1);
970 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
971
972 if (leader == NULL)
973 lead_len = 0;
974 else
975 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +0000976 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000977
978 /*
979 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
980 */
981 if (lead_repl != NULL)
982 {
983 int c = 0;
984 int off = 0;
985
986 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
987 {
988 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
989 c = *p;
990 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
991 off = getdigits(&p);
992 }
993 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
994 {
995 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
996 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
997 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
998 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001000
1001#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1002 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1003 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1004 {
1005 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1006 lead_repl_len);
1007 int old_size = 0;
1008 char_u *endp = p;
1009 int l;
1010
1011 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1012 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001013 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001014 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1015 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001016 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001017 if (l != 0)
1018 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1019 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1020 lead_len += l;
1021 }
1022#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001023 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1024 p = leader;
1025 else
1026 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001027#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1029 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1030 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1031
1032 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1033 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001034 {
1035#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1036 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1037
1038 if (l > 1)
1039 {
1040 p -= l;
1041 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1042 {
1043 p[1] = ' ';
1044 --l;
1045 }
1046 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1047 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1048 lead_len -= l;
1049 *p = ' ';
1050 }
1051 else
1052#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001053 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1054 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001055 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001056 }
1057 else /* left adjusted leader */
1058 {
1059 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001060#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1061 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1062 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1063 * not to be overwritten. */
1064 {
1065 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1066 lead_repl_len);
1067 int i;
1068 int l;
1069
1070 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1071 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001072 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001073 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1074 break;
1075 }
1076 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1077 {
1078 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1079 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1080 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1081 }
1082 }
1083#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001084 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1085
1086 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1087 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1088 * remain the same. */
1089 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1090 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1091 {
1092 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1093 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1094 {
1095 --lead_len;
1096 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1097 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1098 }
1099 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 {
1101#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001102 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001103
1104 if (l > 1)
1105 {
1106 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1107 {
1108 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1109 * two spaces */
1110 --l;
1111 *p++ = ' ';
1112 }
1113 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1114 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1115 lead_len -= l - 1;
1116 }
1117#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001119 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120 }
1121 *p = NUL;
1122 }
1123
1124 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1125 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1126#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1127 || do_si
1128#endif
1129 )
1130 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1131
1132 /* Add the indent offset */
1133 if (newindent + off < 0)
1134 {
1135 off = -newindent;
1136 newindent = 0;
1137 }
1138 else
1139 newindent += off;
1140
1141 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1142 * alignment remains equal. */
1143 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1144 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1145 {
1146 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1147 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1148 break;
1149 --lead_len;
1150 --off;
1151 }
1152
1153 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1154 * extra space */
1155 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1156 extra_space = FALSE;
1157 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1158 }
1159
1160 if (extra_space)
1161 {
1162 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1163 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1164 }
1165
1166 newcol = lead_len;
1167
1168 /*
1169 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1170 * is in the comment leader
1171 */
1172 if (newindent
1173#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1174 || did_si
1175#endif
1176 )
1177 {
1178 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1179 {
1180 --lead_len;
1181 --newcol;
1182 ++leader;
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 }
1187#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1188 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1189#endif
1190 }
1191 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1192 {
1193 /*
1194 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1195 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1196 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1197 * comment.
1198 */
1199 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1200 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1201#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1202 || do_si
1203#endif
1204 ))
1205 {
1206 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1207 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1208 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1209 {
1210 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1211 newindent = get_indent();
1212 }
1213 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1214 }
1215 }
1216 }
1217#endif
1218
1219 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1220 if (p_extra != NULL)
1221 {
1222 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1223
1224 /*
1225 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1226 * non-blank.
1227 *
1228 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1229 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1230 */
1231 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1232 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1233 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1234 {
1235 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1236#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1237 && (!enc_utf8
1238 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1239#endif
1240 )
1241 {
1242 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1243 replace_push(*p_extra);
1244 ++p_extra;
1245 ++less_cols_off;
1246 }
1247 }
1248 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1249 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1250
1251 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1252 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1253 }
1254
1255 if (p_extra == NULL)
1256 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1257
1258#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1259 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1260 if (lead_len)
1261 {
1262 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1263 p_extra = leader;
1264 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1265 less_cols -= lead_len;
1266 }
1267 else
1268 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1269#endif
1270
1271 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1272 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1273 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1274#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1275 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1276#endif
1277 {
1278 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1279 == FAIL)
1280 goto theend;
1281 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1282 * with markers. */
1283 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1284 did_append = TRUE;
1285 }
1286#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1287 else
1288 {
1289 /*
1290 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1291 */
1292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1294 {
1295 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1296 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1297 */
1298 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1299 vr_lines_changed++;
1300 }
1301 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1302 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1303 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1304 did_append = FALSE;
1305 }
1306#endif
1307
1308 if (newindent
1309#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1310 || did_si
1311#endif
1312 )
1313 {
1314 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1315#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1316 if (did_si)
1317 {
1318 if (p_sr)
1319 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1320 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1321 }
1322#endif
1323 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
1324 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
1325 {
1326 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1327
1328 /*
1329 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1330 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1331 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1332 */
1333 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1334 }
1335 else
1336 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1337 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1338
1339 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1340
1341 /*
1342 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1343 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1344 */
1345 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1346 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1347 replace_push(NUL);
1348 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1349#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1350 if (no_si)
1351 did_si = FALSE;
1352#endif
1353 }
1354
1355#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1356 /*
1357 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1358 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1359 */
1360 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1361 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1362 replace_push(NUL);
1363#endif
1364
1365 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1366
1367 if (dir == FORWARD)
1368 {
1369 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1370 {
1371 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1372 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1373 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1374 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1375 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1376 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1377 saved_line = NULL;
1378 if (did_append)
1379 {
1380 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1382 did_append = FALSE;
1383
1384 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1385 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1386 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1387 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1388 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1389 }
1390 else
1391 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1392 }
1393
1394 /*
1395 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1396 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1397 */
1398 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1399 }
1400 if (did_append)
1401 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1402
1403 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1404#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1405 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1406#endif
1407
1408#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1409 /*
1410 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1411 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1412 * normal INSERT mode.
1413 */
1414 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1415 {
1416 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1417 State = INSERT;
1418 }
1419 else
1420 vreplace_mode = 0;
1421#endif
1422#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1423 /*
1424 * May do lisp indenting.
1425 */
1426 if (!p_paste
1427# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1428 && leader == NULL
1429# endif
1430 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1431 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1432 {
1433 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1434 p = ml_get_curline();
1435 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1436 }
1437#endif
1438#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1439 /*
1440 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1441 */
1442 if (!p_paste
1443 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1444# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1445 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1446# endif
1447 )
1448 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1449 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1450 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1451 {
1452 do_c_expr_indent();
1453 p = ml_get_curline();
1454 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1455 }
1456#endif
1457#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1458 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1459 State = vreplace_mode;
1460#endif
1461
1462#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1463 /*
1464 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1465 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1466 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1467 */
1468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1469 {
1470 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1471 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1472 if (p_extra == NULL)
1473 goto theend;
1474
1475 /* Put back original line */
1476 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1477
1478 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1479 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1480#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1481 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1482#endif
1483 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1484 vim_free(p_extra);
1485 next_line = NULL;
1486 }
1487#endif
1488
1489 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1490theend:
1491 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1492 vim_free(saved_line);
1493 vim_free(next_line);
1494 vim_free(allocated);
1495 return retval;
1496}
1497
1498#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1499/*
1500 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1501 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1502 * returned.
1503 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1504 * comment leader.
1505 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1506 */
1507 int
1508get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1509 char_u *line;
1510 char_u **flags;
1511 int backward;
1512{
1513 int i, j;
1514 int got_com = FALSE;
1515 int found_one;
1516 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1517 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1518 char_u *list;
1519
1520 i = 0;
1521 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1522 ++i;
1523
1524 /*
1525 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1526 */
1527 while (line[i])
1528 {
1529 /*
1530 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1531 */
1532 found_one = FALSE;
1533 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1534 {
1535 /*
1536 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1537 * put string at start of string.
1538 */
1539 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1540 *flags = list;
1541 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1542 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1543 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1544 continue;
1545 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1546
1547 /*
1548 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1549 * nested comments.
1550 */
1551 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1552 continue;
1553
1554 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1555 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1556 continue;
1557
1558 /*
1559 * Line contents and string must match.
1560 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1561 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1562 * TABs and spaces).
1563 */
1564 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1565 {
1566 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1567 continue;
1568 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1569 ++string;
1570 }
1571 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1572 ;
1573 if (string[j] != NUL)
1574 continue;
1575
1576 /*
1577 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1578 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1579 */
1580 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1581 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1582 continue;
1583
1584 /*
1585 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1586 */
1587 i += j;
1588 got_com = TRUE;
1589 found_one = TRUE;
1590 break;
1591 }
1592
1593 /*
1594 * No match found, stop scanning.
1595 */
1596 if (!found_one)
1597 break;
1598
1599 /*
1600 * Include any trailing white space.
1601 */
1602 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1603 ++i;
1604
1605 /*
1606 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1607 */
1608 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1609 break;
1610 }
1611 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1612}
1613#endif
1614
1615/*
1616 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1617 */
1618 int
1619plines(lnum)
1620 linenr_T lnum;
1621{
1622 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1623}
1624
1625 int
1626plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1627 win_T *wp;
1628 linenr_T lnum;
1629 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1630{
1631#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1632 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1633 * is one line anyway. */
1634 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1635}
1636
1637 int
1638plines_nofill(lnum)
1639 linenr_T lnum;
1640{
1641 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1642}
1643
1644 int
1645plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1646 win_T *wp;
1647 linenr_T lnum;
1648 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1649{
1650#endif
1651 int lines;
1652
1653 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1654 return 1;
1655
1656#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1657 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1658 return 1;
1659#endif
1660
1661#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1662 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1663 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1664 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1665 return 1;
1666#endif
1667
1668 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1669 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1670 return (int)wp->w_height;
1671 return lines;
1672}
1673
1674/*
1675 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1676 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1677 */
1678 int
1679plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1680 win_T *wp;
1681 linenr_T lnum;
1682{
1683 char_u *s;
1684 long col;
1685 int width;
1686
1687 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1688 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1689 return 1;
1690 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1691
1692 /*
1693 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1694 * extra column.
1695 */
1696 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1697 col += 1;
1698
1699 /*
1700 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1701 */
1702 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1703 if (width <= 0)
1704 return 32000;
1705 if (col <= width)
1706 return 1;
1707 col -= width;
1708 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1709 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1710}
1711
1712/*
1713 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1714 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1715 */
1716 int
1717plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1718 win_T *wp;
1719 linenr_T lnum;
1720 long column;
1721{
1722 long col;
1723 char_u *s;
1724 int lines = 0;
1725 int width;
1726
1727#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1728 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1729 * is one line anyway. */
1730 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1731#endif
1732
1733 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1734 return lines + 1;
1735
1736#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1737 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1738 return lines + 1;
1739#endif
1740
1741 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1742
1743 col = 0;
1744 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1745 {
1746 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001747 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748 }
1749
1750 /*
1751 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1752 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1753 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1754 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1755 * 'ts') -- webb.
1756 */
1757 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1758 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1759
1760 /*
1761 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1762 */
1763 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1764 if (width > 0)
1765 {
1766 lines += 1;
1767 if (col >= width)
1768 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp));
1769 if (lines <= wp->w_height)
1770 return lines;
1771 }
1772 return (int)(wp->w_height); /* maximum length */
1773}
1774
1775 int
1776plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1777 win_T *wp;
1778 linenr_T first, last;
1779{
1780 int count = 0;
1781
1782 while (first <= last)
1783 {
1784#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1785 int x;
1786
1787 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1788 * that are maybe folded. */
1789 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1790 if (x > 0)
1791 {
1792 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1793 first += x;
1794 }
1795 else
1796#endif
1797 {
1798#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1799 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1800 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1801 else
1802#endif
1803 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1804 ++first;
1805 }
1806 }
1807 return (count);
1808}
1809
1810#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1811/*
1812 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1813 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1814 */
1815 void
1816ins_bytes(p)
1817 char_u *p;
1818{
1819 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1820}
1821#endif
1822
1823#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1824 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1825/*
1826 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1827 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1828 */
1829 void
1830ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1831 char_u *p;
1832 int len;
1833{
1834 int i;
1835# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1836 int n;
1837
1838 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1839 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001840 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1842 }
1843# else
1844 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1845 ins_char(p[i]);
1846# endif
1847}
1848#endif
1849
1850/*
1851 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1852 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1853 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1854 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1855 * convert bytes to a character.
1856 */
1857 void
1858ins_char(c)
1859 int c;
1860{
1861#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1862 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1863 int n;
1864
1865 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1866
1867 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1868 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1869 if (buf[0] == 0)
1870 buf[0] = '\n';
1871
1872 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1873}
1874
1875 void
1876ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1877 char_u *buf;
1878 int charlen;
1879{
1880 int c = buf[0];
1881 int l, j;
1882#endif
1883 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1884 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1885 char_u *p;
1886 char_u *newp;
1887 char_u *oldp;
1888 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1889 colnr_T col;
1890 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1891 int i;
1892
1893#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1894 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1895 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1896 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1897#endif
1898
1899 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1900 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1901 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1902
1903 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1904 oldlen = 0;
1905#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1906 newlen = charlen;
1907#else
1908 newlen = 1;
1909#endif
1910
1911 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1912 {
1913#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1914 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1915 {
1916 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1917 colnr_T vcol;
1918 int old_list;
1919#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1920 char_u buf[2];
1921#endif
1922
1923 /*
1924 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1925 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1926 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1927 */
1928 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1929 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1930 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1931
1932 /*
1933 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1934 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1935 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1936 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1937 */
1938 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1939#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1940 buf[0] = c;
1941 buf[1] = NUL;
1942#endif
1943 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1944 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1945 {
1946 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1947 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1948 * position. */
1949 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1950 break;
1951#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001952 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001953#else
1954 ++oldlen;
1955#endif
1956 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
1957 if (vcol > new_vcol)
1958 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
1959 }
1960 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
1961 }
1962 else
1963#endif
1964 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
1965 {
1966 /* normal replace */
1967#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001968 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001969#else
1970 oldlen = 1;
1971#endif
1972 }
1973
1974
1975 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
1976 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
1977 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
1978 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
1979 replace_push(NUL);
1980 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
1981 {
1982#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001983 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001984 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
1985 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
1986 i += l;
1987#else
1988 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
1989#endif
1990 }
1991 }
1992
1993 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
1994 if (newp == NULL)
1995 return;
1996
1997 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
1998 if (col > 0)
1999 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2000
2001 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2002 p = newp + col;
2003 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2004 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2005
2006 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2007#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2008 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2009 i = charlen;
2010#else
2011 *p = c;
2012 i = 1;
2013#endif
2014
2015 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2016 while (i < newlen)
2017 p[i++] = ' ';
2018
2019 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2020 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2021
2022 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2023 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2024
2025 /*
2026 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2027 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2028 */
2029 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2030 && msg_silent == 0
2031#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2032 && charlen == 1
2033#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002034#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2035 && !ins_compl_active()
2036#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037 )
2038 showmatch(c);
2039
2040#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2041 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2042#endif
2043 {
2044 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2045#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2046 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2047#else
2048 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2049#endif
2050 }
2051 /*
2052 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2053 */
2054}
2055
2056/*
2057 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2058 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2059 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2060 */
2061 void
2062ins_str(s)
2063 char_u *s;
2064{
2065 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2066 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2067 int oldlen;
2068 colnr_T col;
2069 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2070
2071#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2072 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2073 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2074#endif
2075
2076 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2077 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2078 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2079
2080 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2081 if (newp == NULL)
2082 return;
2083 if (col > 0)
2084 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2085 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2086 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2087 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2088 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2090}
2091
2092/*
2093 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2094 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2095 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2096 *
2097 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2098 */
2099 int
2100del_char(fixpos)
2101 int fixpos;
2102{
2103#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2104 if (has_mbyte)
2105 {
2106 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2107 mb_adjust_cursor();
2108 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2109 return FAIL;
2110 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2111 }
2112#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002113 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002114}
2115
2116#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2117/*
2118 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2119 */
2120 int
2121del_chars(count, fixpos)
2122 long count;
2123 int fixpos;
2124{
2125 long bytes = 0;
2126 long i;
2127 char_u *p;
2128 int l;
2129
2130 p = ml_get_cursor();
2131 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2132 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002133 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134 bytes += l;
2135 p += l;
2136 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002137 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002138}
2139#endif
2140
2141/*
2142 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2143 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2144 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2145 *
2146 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2147 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002148/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002149 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002150del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002151 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002152 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002153 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154{
2155 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2156 colnr_T oldlen;
2157 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2158 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2159 int was_alloced;
2160 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002161 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002162
2163 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2164 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2165
2166 /*
2167 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2168 */
2169 if (col >= oldlen)
2170 return FAIL;
2171
2172#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2173 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2174 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002175 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2176 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002178 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 int n;
2180
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002181 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2182 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183 {
2184 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2185 n = col;
2186 do
2187 {
2188 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002189 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002190 n += count;
2191 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2192 fixpos = 0;
2193 }
2194 }
2195#endif
2196
2197 /*
2198 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2199 */
2200 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2201 if (movelen <= 1)
2202 {
2203 /*
2204 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2206 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002207 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002208 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2209#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2210 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2211#endif
2212 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002213 {
2214 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2215#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2216 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2217#endif
2218#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2219 if (has_mbyte)
2220 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2221 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2222#endif
2223 }
2224 count = oldlen - col;
2225 movelen = 1;
2226 }
2227
2228 /*
2229 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2230 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
2231 */
2232 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
2233#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2234 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
2235 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
2236 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
2237#endif
2238 if (was_alloced)
2239 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2240 else
2241 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2242 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2243 if (newp == NULL)
2244 return FAIL;
2245 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2246 }
2247 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2248 if (!was_alloced)
2249 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2250
2251 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2252 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2253
2254 return OK;
2255}
2256
2257/*
2258 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2259 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2260 *
2261 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2262 */
2263 int
2264truncate_line(fixpos)
2265 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2266{
2267 char_u *newp;
2268 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2269 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2270
2271 if (col == 0)
2272 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2273 else
2274 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2275
2276 if (newp == NULL)
2277 return FAIL;
2278
2279 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2280
2281 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2282 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2283
2284 /*
2285 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2286 */
2287 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2288 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2289
2290 return OK;
2291}
2292
2293/*
2294 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2295 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2296 */
2297 void
2298del_lines(nlines, undo)
2299 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2300 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2301{
2302 long n;
2303
2304 if (nlines <= 0)
2305 return;
2306
2307 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2308 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2309 return;
2310
2311 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2312 {
2313 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2314 break;
2315
2316 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2317 ++n;
2318
2319 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2320 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2321 break;
2322 }
2323 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2324 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2325
2326 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2327 check_cursor_lnum();
2328}
2329
2330 int
2331gchar_pos(pos)
2332 pos_T *pos;
2333{
2334 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2335
2336#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2337 if (has_mbyte)
2338 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2339#endif
2340 return (int)*ptr;
2341}
2342
2343 int
2344gchar_cursor()
2345{
2346#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2347 if (has_mbyte)
2348 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2349#endif
2350 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2351}
2352
2353/*
2354 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2355 * It is directly written into the block.
2356 */
2357 void
2358pchar_cursor(c)
2359 int c;
2360{
2361 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2362 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2363}
2364
2365#if 0 /* not used */
2366/*
2367 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2368 */
2369 void
2370goto_endofbuf(pos)
2371 pos_T *pos;
2372{
2373 char_u *p;
2374
2375 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2376 pos->col = 0;
2377 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2378 while (*p++)
2379 ++pos->col;
2380}
2381#endif
2382
2383/*
2384 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2385 * non-blank in the line.
2386 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2387 * the line.
2388 */
2389 int
2390inindent(extra)
2391 int extra;
2392{
2393 char_u *ptr;
2394 colnr_T col;
2395
2396 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2397 ++ptr;
2398 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2399 return TRUE;
2400 else
2401 return FALSE;
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2406 */
2407 char_u *
2408skip_to_option_part(p)
2409 char_u *p;
2410{
2411 if (*p == ',')
2412 ++p;
2413 while (*p == ' ')
2414 ++p;
2415 return p;
2416}
2417
2418/*
2419 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2420 *
2421 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2422 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2423 */
2424 void
2425changed()
2426{
2427#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2428 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2429 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2430 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2431 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2432 return;
2433 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2434#endif
2435
2436 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2437 {
2438 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2439
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002440 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2441 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002443
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002444 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2445 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2446 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2447#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2448 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2449#endif
2450 )
2451 {
2452 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2453
2454 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2455 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2456 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2457 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2458 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2459 {
2460 out_flush();
2461 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2462 wait_return(TRUE);
2463 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002467 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002468#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2469 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002470 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002471#endif
2472#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2473 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2474#endif
2475 }
2476 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477}
2478
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002479static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2480static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002481static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2482
2483/*
2484 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2485 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2486 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2487 * - invalidates cached values
2488 */
2489 void
2490changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2491 linenr_T lnum;
2492 colnr_T col;
2493{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002494 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002496
2497#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2498 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2499 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2500 {
2501 win_T *wp;
2502 linenr_T wlnum;
2503
2504 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2505 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2506 {
2507 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2508 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2509 if (wlnum > 0)
2510 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2511 }
2512 }
2513#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002514}
2515
2516 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002517changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2518 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002519 linenr_T lnum;
2520{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002521 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522 {
2523 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002524 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2525 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2526 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2527 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002528 }
2529 else
2530 {
2531 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002532 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2533 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2534 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2535 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002536 }
2537}
2538
2539/*
2540 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2541 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2542 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2543 */
2544 void
2545appended_lines(lnum, count)
2546 linenr_T lnum;
2547 long count;
2548{
2549 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2550}
2551
2552/*
2553 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2554 */
2555 void
2556appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2557 linenr_T lnum;
2558 long count;
2559{
2560 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2561 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2562}
2563
2564/*
2565 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2566 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2567 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2568 */
2569 void
2570deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2571 linenr_T lnum;
2572 long count;
2573{
2574 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2575}
2576
2577/*
2578 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2579 */
2580 void
2581deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2582 linenr_T lnum;
2583 long count;
2584{
2585 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2586 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2587}
2588
2589/*
2590 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2591 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2592 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2593 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2594 * - invalidate cached values
2595 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2596 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2597 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2598 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2599 */
2600 void
2601changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2602 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2603 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2604 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2605 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2606{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002607 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2608
2609#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2610 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2611 {
2612 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2613 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2614 * displaying. */
2615 win_T *wp;
2616 linenr_T wlnum;
2617
2618 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2619 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2620 {
2621 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2622 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2623 if (wlnum > 0)
2624 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2625 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2626 }
2627 }
2628#endif
2629
2630 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2631}
2632
2633 static void
2634changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2635 buf_T *buf;
2636 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2637 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2638 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2639{
2640 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002641 {
2642 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002643 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2644 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2645 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002646 {
2647 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002648 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2649 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2650 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002651 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002652 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2653 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2654 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002655 }
2656 else
2657 {
2658 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002659 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2660 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2661 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2662 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002663 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002664}
2665
2666 static void
2667changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2668 linenr_T lnum;
2669 colnr_T col;
2670 linenr_T lnume;
2671 long xtra;
2672{
2673 win_T *wp;
2674 int i;
2675#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2676 int cols;
2677 pos_T *p;
2678 int add;
2679#endif
2680
2681 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2682 changed();
2683
2684 /* set the '. mark */
2685 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2686 {
2687 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2688 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2689
2690#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2691 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2692 * don't have an entry yet. */
2693 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2694 {
2695 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2696 add = TRUE;
2697 else
2698 {
2699 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2700 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2701 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2702 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2703 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2704 add = TRUE;
2705 else
2706 {
2707 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2708 if (cols == 0)
2709 cols = 79;
2710 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2711 }
2712 }
2713 if (add)
2714 {
2715 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2716 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2717 * position in the changelist. */
2718 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2719
2720 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2721 {
2722 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2723 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2724 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2725 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
2726 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2727 {
2728 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2729 * this buffer. */
2730 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2731 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2732 }
2733 }
2734 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2735 {
2736 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2737 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2738 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2739 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2740 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2741 }
2742 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2743 }
2744 }
2745 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2746 curbuf->b_last_change;
2747 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2748 * takes you back to it. */
2749 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2750#endif
2751 }
2752
2753 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2754 {
2755 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2756 {
2757 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2758 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2759 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2760
2761 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2762 * values for the cursor. */
2763#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2764 /*
2765 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2766 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2767 */
2768 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2769
2770 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2771 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2772 * might be displayed differently.
2773 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2774 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2775 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2776 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2777 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2778 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2779 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2780 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2781
2782 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2783 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2784 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2785 {
2786 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2787 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2788 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2789 }
2790#endif
2791
2792 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2793 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2794 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2795 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2796 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2797 {
2798 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2799 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2800 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2801 }
2802
2803 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2804 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2805 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2806 * after the change. */
2807 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2808 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2809 {
2810 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2811 {
2812 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2813 {
2814 /* line included in change */
2815 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2816 }
2817 else if (xtra != 0)
2818 {
2819 /* line below change */
2820 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2821#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2822 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2823#endif
2824 }
2825 }
2826#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2827 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2828 {
2829 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2830 * may need to be redrawn */
2831 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2832 }
2833#endif
2834 }
2835 }
2836 }
2837
2838 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2839 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2840 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2841 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002842
2843#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2844 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
2845 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum && lnume > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2846 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2847#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002848}
2849
2850/*
2851 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2852 */
2853 void
2854unchanged(buf, ff)
2855 buf_T *buf;
2856 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2857{
2858 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2859 {
2860 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002861 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002862 if (ff)
2863 save_file_ff(buf);
2864#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2865 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002866 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002867#endif
2868#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2869 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2870#endif
2871 }
2872 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002873#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2874 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2875#endif
2876}
2877
2878#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2879/*
2880 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2881 * need to be updated
2882 */
2883 void
2884check_status(buf)
2885 buf_T *buf;
2886{
2887 win_T *wp;
2888
2889 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2890 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2891 {
2892 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2893 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2894 must_redraw = VALID;
2895 }
2896}
2897#endif
2898
2899/*
2900 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2901 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2902 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002903 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002904 * will be TRUE.
2905 */
2906 void
2907change_warning(col)
2908 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2909 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2910{
2911 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2912 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2913#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2914 && !autocmd_busy
2915#endif
2916 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2917 {
2918#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002919 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002921 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002922 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2923 return;
2924#endif
2925 /*
2926 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2927 * be after the mode message.
2928 */
2929 msg_start();
2930 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2931 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002932 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002933 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
2934 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2935 msg_clr_eos();
2936 (void)msg_end();
2937 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2938 {
2939 out_flush();
2940 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2941 }
2942 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2943 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2944 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2945 showmode();
2946 }
2947}
2948
2949/*
2950 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
2951 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
2952 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
2953 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
2954 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
2955 *
2956 * return the 'y' or 'n'
2957 */
2958 int
2959ask_yesno(str, direct)
2960 char_u *str;
2961 int direct;
2962{
2963 int r = ' ';
2964 int save_State = State;
2965
2966 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
2967 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
2968 ++no_wait_return;
2969#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
2970 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
2971#endif
2972 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
2973#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2974 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
2975#endif
2976 ++no_mapping;
2977 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
2978
2979 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
2980 {
2981 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
2982 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
2983 if (direct)
2984 r = get_keystroke();
2985 else
2986 r = safe_vgetc();
2987 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
2988 r = 'n';
2989 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
2990 out_flush();
2991 }
2992 --no_wait_return;
2993 State = save_State;
2994#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2995 setmouse();
2996#endif
2997 --no_mapping;
2998 --allow_keys;
2999
3000 return r;
3001}
3002
3003/*
3004 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3005 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3006 * button (used at the more prompt).
3007 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3008 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3009 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3010 */
3011 int
3012get_keystroke()
3013{
3014#define CBUFLEN 151
3015 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3016 int len = 0;
3017 int n;
3018 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003019 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003020
3021 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3022 for (;;)
3023 {
3024 cursor_on();
3025 out_flush();
3026
3027 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3028 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3029 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3030 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3031 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3032 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3033 if (n > 0)
3034 {
3035 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3036 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3037 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003038 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003039 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003040 else if (len > 0)
3041 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003042
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003043 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3044 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3045 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003046 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003047
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003048 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3049 if (n > 0)
3050 len = n;
3051 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3052 continue;
3053
3054 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3055 n = buf[0];
3056 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3057 {
3058 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3059 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3060 || n == K_IGNORE
3061#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3062 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3063 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3064 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3065 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3066 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3067 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3068 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3069 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3070 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3071 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3072 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3073 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3074 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3075 || n == K_X1DRAG
3076 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3077 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3078 || n == K_X2DRAG
3079 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3080# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3081 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3082 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3083# endif
3084#endif
3085 )
3086 {
3087 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3088 mod_mask = buf[2];
3089 len -= 3;
3090 if (len > 0)
3091 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3092 continue;
3093 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003094 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003095 }
3096#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3097 if (has_mbyte)
3098 {
3099 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3100 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3101 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3102 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3103 }
3104#endif
3105#ifdef UNIX
3106 if (n == intr_char)
3107 n = ESC;
3108#endif
3109 break;
3110 }
3111
3112 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3113 return n;
3114}
3115
3116/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003117 * Get a number from the user.
3118 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003119 */
3120 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003121get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3122 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3123 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003124{
3125 int n = 0;
3126 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003127 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003129 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3130 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3131
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003132 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3133 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3134 if (msg_silent != 0)
3135 return 0;
3136
3137#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3138 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3139#endif
3140 ++no_mapping;
3141 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3142 for (;;)
3143 {
3144 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3145 c = safe_vgetc();
3146 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3147 {
3148 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3149 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003150 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003151 }
3152 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3153 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003154 if (typed > 0)
3155 {
3156 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3157 --typed;
3158 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003159 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003160 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003161#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3162 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3163 {
3164 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3165 n = mouse_row + 1;
3166 break;
3167 }
3168#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003169 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3170 {
3171 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3172 if (!exmode_active)
3173 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3174 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3175 do_redraw = FALSE;
3176 break;
3177 }
3178 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3179 break;
3180 }
3181 --no_mapping;
3182 --allow_keys;
3183 return n;
3184}
3185
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003186/*
3187 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003188 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3189 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003190 */
3191 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003192prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3193 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003194{
3195 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003196 int save_cmdline_row;
3197 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003198
3199 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003200 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3201 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
3202 else
3203 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003204
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003205 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3206 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003207 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003208 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003209 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003210 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003211
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003212 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3213 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003214 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003215 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3216 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003217 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3218 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3219 msg_didany = FALSE;
3220 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003221 else
3222 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3223 State = save_State;
3224
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003225 return i;
3226}
3227
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228 void
3229msgmore(n)
3230 long n;
3231{
3232 long pn;
3233
3234 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003235 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3236 return;
3237
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003238 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3239 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3240 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3241 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3242 return;
3243
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003244 if (n > 0)
3245 pn = n;
3246 else
3247 pn = -n;
3248
3249 if (pn > p_report)
3250 {
3251 if (pn == 1)
3252 {
3253 if (n > 0)
3254 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3255 else
3256 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3257 }
3258 else
3259 {
3260 if (n > 0)
3261 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3262 else
3263 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3264 }
3265 if (got_int)
3266 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3267 if (msg(msg_buf))
3268 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003269 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003270 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003271 }
3272 }
3273}
3274
3275/*
3276 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3277 */
3278 void
3279beep_flush()
3280{
3281 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3282 {
3283 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3284 vim_beep();
3285 }
3286}
3287
3288/*
3289 * give a warning for an error
3290 */
3291 void
3292vim_beep()
3293{
3294 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3295 {
3296 if (p_vb
3297#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3298 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3299 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3300 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3301#endif
3302 )
3303 {
3304 out_str(T_VB);
3305 }
3306 else
3307 {
3308#ifdef MSDOS
3309 /*
3310 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3311 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3312 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3313 */
3314 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3315 {
3316 out_char(BELL);
3317 beep_count = 1;
3318 }
3319 else
3320 ++beep_count;
3321#else
3322 out_char(BELL);
3323#endif
3324 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003325
3326 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3327 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3328 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3329 {
3330 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3331 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3332 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003333 }
3334}
3335
3336/*
3337 * To get the "real" home directory:
3338 * - get value of $HOME
3339 * For Unix:
3340 * - go to that directory
3341 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3342 * This also works with mounts and links.
3343 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3344 */
3345static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3346
3347 void
3348init_homedir()
3349{
3350 char_u *var;
3351
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003352 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3353 vim_free(homedir);
3354 homedir = NULL;
3355
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003356#ifdef VMS
3357 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3358#else
3359 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3360#endif
3361
3362 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3363 var = NULL;
3364
3365#ifdef WIN3264
3366 /*
3367 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3368 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3369 * when $HOME is being set.
3370 */
3371 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3372 {
3373 char_u *p;
3374 char_u *exp;
3375
3376 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3377 if (p != NULL)
3378 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003379 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003380 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3381 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3382 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3383 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003384 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003385 var = NameBuff;
3386 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3387 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3388 }
3389 }
3390 }
3391
3392 /*
3393 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3394 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3395 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3396 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3397 */
3398 if (var == NULL)
3399 {
3400 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3401
3402 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3403 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3404 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3405 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3406 {
3407 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3408 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3409 {
3410 var = NameBuff;
3411 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3412 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3413 }
3414 }
3415 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003416
3417# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3418 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3419 {
3420 int len;
3421 char_u *pp;
3422
3423 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3424 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003425 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003426 if (pp != NULL)
3427 {
3428 homedir = pp;
3429 return;
3430 }
3431 }
3432# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003433#endif
3434
3435#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3436 /*
3437 * Default home dir is C:/
3438 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3439 */
3440 if (var == NULL)
3441 var = "C:/";
3442#endif
3443 if (var != NULL)
3444 {
3445#ifdef UNIX
3446 /*
3447 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3448 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3449 */
3450 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3451 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3452 {
3453 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3454 var = IObuff;
3455 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3456 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3457 }
3458#endif
3459 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3460 }
3461}
3462
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003463#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3464 void
3465free_homedir()
3466{
3467 vim_free(homedir);
3468}
3469#endif
3470
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003471/*
3472 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3473 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
3474 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
3475 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3476 */
3477 void
3478expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3479 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3480 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3481 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3482{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003483 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003484}
3485
3486 void
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003487expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, startstr)
3488 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003489 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3490 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3491 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003492 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003493{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003494 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495 char_u *tail;
3496 int c;
3497 char_u *var;
3498 int copy_char;
3499 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3500 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003501 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003502
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003503 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003504 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003505
3506 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003507 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3508 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3509 {
3510 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003511 if ((*src == '$'
3512#ifdef VMS
3513 && at_start
3514#endif
3515 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003516#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3517 || *src == '%'
3518#endif
3519 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3520 {
3521 mustfree = FALSE;
3522
3523 /*
3524 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3525 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3526 */
3527 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3528 {
3529 tail = src + 1;
3530 var = dst;
3531 c = dstlen - 1;
3532
3533#ifdef UNIX
3534 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3535 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3536 {
3537 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3538 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3539 *var++ = *tail++;
3540 }
3541 else
3542#endif
3543 {
3544 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3545#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3546 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3547#endif
3548 ))
3549 {
3550#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3551 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3552 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3553#else
3554 *var++ = *tail++;
3555#endif
3556 }
3557 }
3558
3559#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3560# ifdef UNIX
3561 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3562# else
3563 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3564# endif
3565 var = NULL;
3566 else
3567 {
3568# ifdef UNIX
3569 if (src[1] == '{')
3570# else
3571 if (*src == '%')
3572#endif
3573 ++tail;
3574#endif
3575 *var = NUL;
3576 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3577#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3578 }
3579#endif
3580 }
3581 /* home directory */
3582 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3583 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3584 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3585 {
3586 var = homedir;
3587 tail = src + 1;
3588 }
3589 else /* user directory */
3590 {
3591#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3592 /*
3593 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3594 */
3595 tail = src;
3596 var = dst;
3597 c = dstlen - 1;
3598 while ( c-- > 0
3599 && *tail
3600 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3601 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3602 *var++ = *tail++;
3603 *var = NUL;
3604# ifdef UNIX
3605 /*
3606 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3607 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3608 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3609 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3610 */
3611# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3612 {
3613 struct passwd *pw;
3614
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003615 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3616 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003617 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3618 if (pw != NULL)
3619 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3620 else
3621 var = NULL;
3622 }
3623 if (var == NULL)
3624# endif
3625 {
3626 expand_T xpc;
3627
3628 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3629 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3630 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3631 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003632 mustfree = TRUE;
3633 }
3634
3635# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3636 /*
3637 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3638 * directories to search for the user account in.
3639 */
3640 {
3641 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3642 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3643 struct stat st;
3644
3645 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3646 next_path = paths;
3647 while (*next_path)
3648 {
3649 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3650 next_path++);
3651 if (*next_path)
3652 *next_path++ = NUL;
3653 STRCPY(test, path);
3654 STRCAT(test, "/");
3655 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3656 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3657 {
3658 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3659 STRCPY(var, test);
3660 mustfree = TRUE;
3661 break;
3662 }
3663 }
3664 }
3665# endif /* UNIX */
3666#else
3667 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3668 var = NULL;
3669 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3670#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3671 }
3672
3673#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3674 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3675 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3676 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3677 {
3678 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3679
3680 if (p != NULL)
3681 {
3682 if (mustfree)
3683 vim_free(var);
3684 var = p;
3685 mustfree = TRUE;
3686 forward_slash(var);
3687 }
3688 }
3689#endif
3690
3691 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3692 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3693 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3694 {
3695 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3696
3697 if (p != NULL)
3698 {
3699 if (mustfree)
3700 vim_free(var);
3701 var = p;
3702 mustfree = TRUE;
3703 }
3704 }
3705
3706 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3707 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3708 {
3709 STRCPY(dst, var);
3710 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003711 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003712 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3713 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003714 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003715#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3716 && dst[-1] != ':'
3717#endif
3718 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3719 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003720 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003721 src = tail;
3722 copy_char = FALSE;
3723 }
3724 if (mustfree)
3725 vim_free(var);
3726 }
3727
3728 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3729 {
3730 /*
3731 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
3732 */
3733 at_start = FALSE;
3734 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3735 {
3736 *dst++ = *src++;
3737 --dstlen;
3738 }
3739 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
3740 at_start = TRUE;
3741 *dst++ = *src++;
3742 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003743
3744 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3745 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3746 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003747 }
3748 }
3749 *dst = NUL;
3750}
3751
3752/*
3753 * Vim's version of getenv().
3754 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003755 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003756 */
3757 char_u *
3758vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3759 char_u *name;
3760 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3761{
3762 char_u *p;
3763 char_u *pend;
3764 int vimruntime;
3765
3766#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3767 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3768 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3769 return homedir;
3770#endif
3771
3772 p = mch_getenv(name);
3773 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3774 p = NULL;
3775
3776 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003777 {
3778#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3779 if (enc_utf8)
3780 {
3781 int len;
3782 char_u *pp;
3783
3784 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3785 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003786 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003787 if (pp != NULL)
3788 {
3789 p = pp;
3790 *mustfree = TRUE;
3791 }
3792 }
3793#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003794 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003795 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003796
3797 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3798 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3799 return NULL;
3800
3801 /*
3802 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3803 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3804 */
3805 if (vimruntime
3806#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3807 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3808#endif
3809 )
3810 {
3811 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3812 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3813 p = NULL;
3814 if (p != NULL)
3815 {
3816 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3817 if (p != NULL)
3818 *mustfree = TRUE;
3819 else
3820 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003821
3822#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3823 if (enc_utf8)
3824 {
3825 int len;
3826 char_u *pp;
3827
3828 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3829 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3830 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003831 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003832 if (pp != NULL)
3833 {
3834 if (mustfree)
3835 vim_free(p);
3836 p = pp;
3837 *mustfree = TRUE;
3838 }
3839 }
3840#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003841 }
3842 }
3843
3844 /*
3845 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3846 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3847 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3848 */
3849 if (p == NULL)
3850 {
3851 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3852 p = p_hf;
3853#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3854 /*
3855 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3856 */
3857 else
3858 p = exe_name;
3859#endif
3860 if (p != NULL)
3861 {
3862 /* remove the file name */
3863 pend = gettail(p);
3864
3865 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3866 if (p == p_hf)
3867 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3868
3869#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3870# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003871 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003872 if (p == exe_name)
3873 {
3874 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003875 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003876
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003877 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3878 if (pend1 != pend)
3879 {
3880 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3881 if (pnew != NULL)
3882 {
3883 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3884 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3885 p = pnew;
3886 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3887 }
3888 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003889 }
3890# endif
3891 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3892 if (p == exe_name)
3893 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3894#endif
3895
3896 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3897 if (!vimruntime)
3898 {
3899 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3900 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3901 }
3902
3903 /* remove trailing path separator */
3904#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3905 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
3906 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003907 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003908 --pend;
3909#endif
3910
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003911#ifdef MACOS_X
3912 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3913#endif
3914 /* check that the result is a directory name */
3915 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003916
3917 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
3918 {
3919 vim_free(p);
3920 p = NULL;
3921 }
3922 else
3923 {
3924#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3925 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
3926 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
3927 {
3928 vim_free(p);
3929 p = pend;
3930 }
3931#endif
3932 *mustfree = TRUE;
3933 }
3934 }
3935 }
3936
3937#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3938 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
3939 * default_vimruntime_dir */
3940 if (p == NULL)
3941 {
3942 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
3943 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
3944 {
3945 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
3946 *mustfree = FALSE;
3947 }
3948 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
3949 {
3950 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
3951 *mustfree = TRUE;
3952 else
3953 {
3954 p = default_vim_dir;
3955 *mustfree = FALSE;
3956 }
3957 }
3958 }
3959#endif
3960
3961 /*
3962 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
3963 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
3964 */
3965 if (p != NULL)
3966 {
3967 if (vimruntime)
3968 {
3969 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
3970 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
3971#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
3972 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00003973 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003974
3975 if (buf != NULL)
3976 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003977 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
3978 vim_free(buf);
3979 }
3980 }
3981#endif
3982 }
3983 else
3984 {
3985 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
3986 didset_vim = TRUE;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 return p;
3990}
3991
3992/*
3993 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
3994 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
3995 */
3996 static char_u *
3997vim_version_dir(vimdir)
3998 char_u *vimdir;
3999{
4000 char_u *p;
4001
4002 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4003 return NULL;
4004 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4005 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4006 return p;
4007 vim_free(p);
4008 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4009 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4010 return p;
4011 vim_free(p);
4012 return NULL;
4013}
4014
4015/*
4016 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4017 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4018 */
4019 static char_u *
4020remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4021 char_u *p;
4022 char_u *pend;
4023 char_u *name;
4024{
4025 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4026 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4027
4028 if (newend >= p
4029 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004030 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004031 return newend;
4032 return pend;
4033}
4034
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004035/*
4036 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
4037 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
4038 * again soon.
4039 */
4040 char_u *
4041expand_env_save(src)
4042 char_u *src;
4043{
4044 char_u *p;
4045
4046 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
4047 if (p != NULL)
4048 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
4049 return p;
4050}
4051
4052/*
4053 * Our portable version of setenv.
4054 */
4055 void
4056vim_setenv(name, val)
4057 char_u *name;
4058 char_u *val;
4059{
4060#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4061 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4062#else
4063 char_u *envbuf;
4064
4065 /*
4066 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4067 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4068 */
4069 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4070 if (envbuf != NULL)
4071 {
4072 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4073 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4074 }
4075#endif
4076}
4077
4078#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4079/*
4080 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4081 */
4082/*ARGSUSED*/
4083 char_u *
4084get_env_name(xp, idx)
4085 expand_T *xp;
4086 int idx;
4087{
4088# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4089 /*
4090 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4091 */
4092 return NULL;
4093# else
4094# ifndef __WIN32__
4095 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4096 extern char **environ;
4097# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004098# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4099 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004100 char_u *str;
4101 int n;
4102
4103 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4104 if (str == NULL)
4105 return NULL;
4106
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004107 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004108 {
4109 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4110 break;
4111 name[n] = str[n];
4112 }
4113 name[n] = NUL;
4114 return name;
4115# endif
4116}
4117#endif
4118
4119/*
4120 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4121 * 'src'.
4122 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4123 */
4124 void
4125home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4126 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4127 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4128 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4129 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4130 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4131 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4132{
4133 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4134 size_t len;
4135 char_u *homedir_env;
4136 char_u *p;
4137
4138 if (src == NULL)
4139 {
4140 *dst = NUL;
4141 return;
4142 }
4143
4144 /*
4145 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4146 */
4147 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4148 {
4149 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4150 return;
4151 }
4152
4153 /*
4154 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4155 * "real" home directory.
4156 */
4157 if (homedir != NULL)
4158 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4159
4160#ifdef VMS
4161 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4162#else
4163 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4164#endif
4165
4166 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4167 homedir_env = NULL;
4168 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4169 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4170
4171 if (!one)
4172 src = skipwhite(src);
4173 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4174 {
4175 /*
4176 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4177 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4178 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4179 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4180 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4181 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4182 * er's home directory)).
4183 */
4184 p = homedir;
4185 len = dirlen;
4186 for (;;)
4187 {
4188 if ( len
4189 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4190 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4191 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4192 || src[len] == NUL))
4193 {
4194 src += len;
4195 if (--dstlen > 0)
4196 *dst++ = '~';
4197
4198 /*
4199 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4200 */
4201 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4202 *dst++ = '/';
4203 break;
4204 }
4205 if (p == homedir_env)
4206 break;
4207 p = homedir_env;
4208 len = envlen;
4209 }
4210
4211 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4212 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4213 *dst++ = *src++;
4214 /* skip separator */
4215 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4216 *dst++ = *src++;
4217 }
4218 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4219
4220 *dst = NUL;
4221}
4222
4223/*
4224 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4225 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4226 */
4227 char_u *
4228home_replace_save(buf, src)
4229 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4230 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4231{
4232 char_u *dst;
4233 unsigned len;
4234
4235 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4236 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4237 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4238 dst = alloc(len);
4239 if (dst != NULL)
4240 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4241 return dst;
4242}
4243
4244/*
4245 * Compare two file names and return:
4246 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4247 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4248 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4249 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4250 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4251 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4252 */
4253 int
4254fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4255 char_u *s1, *s2;
4256 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4257{
4258#ifdef UNIX
4259 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4260 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4261 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4262 struct stat st1, st2;
4263 int r1, r2;
4264
4265 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4266 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4267 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4268 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4269 {
4270 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4271 if (checkname)
4272 {
4273 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4274 return FPC_SAMEX;
4275 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4276 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4277 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4278 return FPC_SAMEX;
4279 }
4280 return FPC_NOTX;
4281 }
4282 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4283 return FPC_DIFFX;
4284 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4285 return FPC_SAME;
4286 return FPC_DIFF;
4287#else
4288 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4289 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4290 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4291 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4292 int r1, r2;
4293
4294 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4295 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4296 {
4297 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4298 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4299
4300 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4301 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4302 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4303
4304 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4305 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4306 {
4307 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4308 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4309 else
4310 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4311 }
4312 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4313 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4314 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4315 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4316 else
4317 retval = FPC_SAME;
4318 vim_free(exp1);
4319 }
4320 return retval;
4321#endif
4322}
4323
4324/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004325 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4326 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004327 */
4328 char_u *
4329gettail(fname)
4330 char_u *fname;
4331{
4332 char_u *p1, *p2;
4333
4334 if (fname == NULL)
4335 return (char_u *)"";
4336 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4337 {
4338 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4339 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004340 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004341 }
4342 return p1;
4343}
4344
4345/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004346 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4347 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4348 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4349 */
4350 char_u *
4351gettail_sep(fname)
4352 char_u *fname;
4353{
4354 char_u *p;
4355 char_u *t;
4356
4357 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4358 t = gettail(fname);
4359 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4360 --t;
4361#ifdef VMS
4362 /* path separator is part of the path */
4363 ++t;
4364#endif
4365 return t;
4366}
4367
4368/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004369 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4370 */
4371 char_u *
4372getnextcomp(fname)
4373 char_u *fname;
4374{
4375 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004376 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004377 if (*fname)
4378 ++fname;
4379 return fname;
4380}
4381
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004382/*
4383 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4384 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4385 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4386 */
4387 char_u *
4388get_past_head(path)
4389 char_u *path;
4390{
4391 char_u *retval;
4392
4393#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4394 /* may skip "c:" */
4395 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4396 retval = path + 2;
4397 else
4398 retval = path;
4399#else
4400# if defined(AMIGA)
4401 /* may skip "label:" */
4402 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4403 if (retval == NULL)
4404 retval = path;
4405# else /* Unix */
4406 retval = path;
4407# endif
4408#endif
4409
4410 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4411 ++retval;
4412
4413 return retval;
4414}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004415
4416/*
4417 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4418 */
4419 int
4420vim_ispathsep(c)
4421 int c;
4422{
4423#ifdef RISCOS
4424 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4425#else
4426# ifdef UNIX
4427 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4428# else
4429# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4430 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4431# else
4432# ifdef VMS
4433 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4434 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4435 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004436# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004437 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004438# endif /* VMS */
4439# endif
4440# endif
4441#endif /* RISC OS */
4442}
4443
4444#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4445/*
4446 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4447 */
4448 int
4449vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4450 int c;
4451{
4452#ifdef UNIX
4453 return (c == ':');
4454#else
4455 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
4456#endif
4457}
4458#endif
4459
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004460#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4461 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4462/*
4463 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4464 * It's done in-place.
4465 */
4466 void
4467shorten_dir(str)
4468 char_u *str;
4469{
4470 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4471 int skip = FALSE;
4472
4473 tail = gettail(str);
4474 d = str;
4475 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4476 {
4477 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4478 {
4479 *d++ = *s;
4480 if (*s == NUL)
4481 break;
4482 }
4483 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4484 {
4485 *d++ = *s;
4486 skip = FALSE;
4487 }
4488 else if (!skip)
4489 {
4490 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4491 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4492 skip = TRUE;
4493# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4494 if (has_mbyte)
4495 {
4496 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4497
4498 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004499 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004500 }
4501# endif
4502 }
4503 }
4504}
4505#endif
4506
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004507/*
4508 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4509 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4510 * "fname" must be writable!.
4511 */
4512 int
4513dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4514 char_u *fname;
4515{
4516 char_u *p;
4517 int c;
4518 int retval;
4519
4520 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4521 if (p == fname)
4522 return TRUE;
4523 c = *p;
4524 *p = NUL;
4525 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4526 *p = c;
4527 return retval;
4528}
4529
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004530#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4531 || defined(PROTO)
4532/*
4533 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4534 */
4535 int
4536vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4537 char_u *x, *y;
4538{
4539 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4540}
4541
4542 int
4543vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4544 char_u *x, *y;
4545 size_t len;
4546{
4547 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4548 {
4549 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4550 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4551 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4552 break;
4553 ++x;
4554 ++y;
4555 --len;
4556 }
4557 if (len == 0)
4558 return 0;
4559 return (*x - *y);
4560}
4561#endif
4562
4563/*
4564 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
4565 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
4566 */
4567 char_u *
4568concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4569 char_u *fname1;
4570 char_u *fname2;
4571 int sep;
4572{
4573 char_u *dest;
4574
4575 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4576 if (dest != NULL)
4577 {
4578 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4579 if (sep)
4580 add_pathsep(dest);
4581 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4582 }
4583 return dest;
4584}
4585
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004586#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4587/*
4588 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4589 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4590 */
4591 char_u *
4592concat_str(str1, str2)
4593 char_u *str1;
4594 char_u *str2;
4595{
4596 char_u *dest;
4597 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4598
4599 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4600 if (dest != NULL)
4601 {
4602 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4603 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4604 }
4605 return dest;
4606}
4607#endif
4608
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004609/*
4610 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4611 * separator.
4612 */
4613 void
4614add_pathsep(p)
4615 char_u *p;
4616{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004617 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004618 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4619}
4620
4621/*
4622 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4623 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4624 */
4625 char_u *
4626FullName_save(fname, force)
4627 char_u *fname;
4628 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4629 like a full path name */
4630{
4631 char_u *buf;
4632 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4633
4634 if (fname == NULL)
4635 return NULL;
4636
4637 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4638 if (buf != NULL)
4639 {
4640 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4641 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4642 else
4643 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4644 vim_free(buf);
4645 }
4646 return new_fname;
4647}
4648
4649#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4650
4651static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4652
4653/*
4654 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4655 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4656 */
4657 pos_T *
4658find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4659 int ind_maxcomment;
4660{
4661 pos_T *pos;
4662 char_u *line;
4663 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004664 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004665
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004666 for (;;)
4667 {
4668 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4669 if (pos == NULL)
4670 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004671
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004672 /*
4673 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4674 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4675 */
4676 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4677 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4678 p = skip_string(p);
4679 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
4680 break;
4681 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4682 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4683 {
4684 pos = NULL;
4685 break;
4686 }
4687 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004688 return pos;
4689}
4690
4691/*
4692 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4693 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4694 */
4695 static char_u *
4696skip_string(p)
4697 char_u *p;
4698{
4699 int i;
4700
4701 /*
4702 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4703 */
4704 for ( ; ; ++p)
4705 {
4706 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4707 {
4708 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4709 break;
4710 i = 2;
4711 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4712 {
4713 ++i;
4714 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4715 ++i;
4716 }
4717 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4718 {
4719 p += i;
4720 continue;
4721 }
4722 }
4723 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4724 {
4725 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4726 {
4727 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4728 ++p;
4729 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4730 break;
4731 }
4732 if (p[0] == '"')
4733 continue;
4734 }
4735 break; /* no string found */
4736 }
4737 if (!*p)
4738 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4739 return p;
4740}
4741#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4742
4743#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4744
4745/*
4746 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4747 */
4748 void
4749do_c_expr_indent()
4750{
4751# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4752 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4753 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4754 else
4755# endif
4756 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4757}
4758
4759/*
4760 * Functions for C-indenting.
4761 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4762 */
4763/*
4764 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4765 */
4766
4767static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4768static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4769static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4770static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4771static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4772static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4773static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4774static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4775static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4776static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4777static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4778static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4779static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4780static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4781static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4782static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4783static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4784static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4785static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4786static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4787static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004788static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004789static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
4790static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004791static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004792static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4793static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4794static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4795static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4796static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4797static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4798static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4799
4800/*
4801 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
4802 */
4803 static char_u *
4804cin_skipcomment(s)
4805 char_u *s;
4806{
4807 while (*s)
4808 {
4809 s = skipwhite(s);
4810 if (*s != '/')
4811 break;
4812 ++s;
4813 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4814 {
4815 s += STRLEN(s);
4816 break;
4817 }
4818 if (*s != '*')
4819 break;
4820 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4821 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4822 {
4823 s += 2;
4824 break;
4825 }
4826 }
4827 return s;
4828}
4829
4830/*
4831 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4832 * not considered code.
4833 */
4834 static int
4835cin_nocode(s)
4836 char_u *s;
4837{
4838 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4839}
4840
4841/*
4842 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4843 */
4844 static pos_T *
4845find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4846{
4847 static pos_T pos;
4848 char_u *line;
4849 char_u *p;
4850
4851 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4852 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4853 {
4854 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4855 p = skipwhite(line);
4856 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4857 {
4858 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4859 return &pos;
4860 }
4861 if (*p != NUL)
4862 break;
4863 }
4864 return NULL;
4865}
4866
4867/*
4868 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4869 */
4870 static int
4871cin_islabel_skip(s)
4872 char_u **s;
4873{
4874 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4875 return FALSE;
4876
4877 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4878 (*s)++;
4879
4880 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4881
4882 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4883 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4884}
4885
4886/*
4887 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4888 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4889 */
4890 int
4891cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4892 int ind_maxcomment;
4893{
4894 char_u *s;
4895
4896 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4897
4898 /*
4899 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4900 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4901 */
4902 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4903 return FALSE;
4904 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4905 return FALSE;
4906
4907 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4908 {
4909 /*
4910 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4911 * label.
4912 */
4913 pos_T cursor_save;
4914 pos_T *trypos;
4915 char_u *line;
4916
4917 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4918 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
4919 {
4920 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4921
4922 /*
4923 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
4924 */
4925 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4926 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
4927 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
4928
4929 line = ml_get_curline();
4930 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
4931 continue;
4932 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
4933 continue;
4934
4935 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4936 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
4937 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
4938 || cin_iscase(line)
4939 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
4940 return TRUE;
4941 return FALSE;
4942 }
4943 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4944 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
4945 }
4946 return FALSE;
4947}
4948
4949/*
4950 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
4951 * Q&D-Implementation:
4952 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
4953 */
4954 static int
4955cin_isinit(void)
4956{
4957 char_u *s;
4958
4959 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4960
4961 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
4962 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
4963
4964 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4965 return TRUE;
4966
4967 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
4968 return TRUE;
4969
4970 return FALSE;
4971}
4972
4973/*
4974 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
4975 */
4976 int
4977cin_iscase(s)
4978 char_u *s;
4979{
4980 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4981 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4982 {
4983 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
4984 {
4985 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4986 if (*s == ':')
4987 {
4988 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
4989 ++s;
4990 else
4991 return TRUE;
4992 }
4993 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
4994 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
4995 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
4996 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
4997 else if (*s == '"')
4998 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
4999 }
5000 return FALSE;
5001 }
5002
5003 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5004 return TRUE;
5005 return FALSE;
5006}
5007
5008/*
5009 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5010 */
5011 static int
5012cin_isdefault(s)
5013 char_u *s;
5014{
5015 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5016 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5017 && s[1] != ':');
5018}
5019
5020/*
5021 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5022 */
5023 int
5024cin_isscopedecl(s)
5025 char_u *s;
5026{
5027 int i;
5028
5029 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5030 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5031 i = 6;
5032 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5033 i = 9;
5034 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5035 i = 7;
5036 else
5037 return FALSE;
5038 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5039}
5040
5041/*
5042 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5043 * Return NULL if not found.
5044 * case 234: a = b;
5045 * ^
5046 */
5047 static char_u *
5048after_label(l)
5049 char_u *l;
5050{
5051 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5052 {
5053 if (*l == ':')
5054 {
5055 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5056 ++l;
5057 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5058 break;
5059 }
5060 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5061 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5062 }
5063 if (*l == NUL)
5064 return NULL;
5065 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5066 if (*l == NUL)
5067 return NULL;
5068 return l;
5069}
5070
5071/*
5072 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5073 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5074 */
5075 static int
5076get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5077 linenr_T lnum;
5078{
5079 char_u *l;
5080 pos_T fp;
5081 colnr_T col;
5082 char_u *p;
5083
5084 l = ml_get(lnum);
5085 p = after_label(l);
5086 if (p == NULL)
5087 return 0;
5088
5089 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5090 fp.lnum = lnum;
5091 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5092 return (int)col;
5093}
5094
5095/*
5096 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005097 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005098 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5099 * ^
5100 */
5101 static int
5102skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5103 linenr_T lnum;
5104 char_u **pp;
5105 int ind_maxcomment;
5106{
5107 char_u *l;
5108 int amount;
5109 pos_T cursor_save;
5110
5111 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5112 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5113 l = ml_get_curline();
5114 /* XXX */
5115 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5116 {
5117 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5118 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5119 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5120 l = ml_get_curline();
5121 }
5122 else
5123 {
5124 amount = get_indent();
5125 l = ml_get_curline();
5126 }
5127 *pp = l;
5128
5129 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5130 return amount;
5131}
5132
5133/*
5134 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5135 * int a, indent of "a"
5136 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5137 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5138 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5139 */
5140 static int
5141cin_first_id_amount()
5142{
5143 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5144 int len;
5145 pos_T fp;
5146 colnr_T col;
5147
5148 line = ml_get_curline();
5149 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005150 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005151 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5152 {
5153 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005154 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005155 }
5156 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5157 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5158 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5159 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5160 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5161 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5162 {
5163 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5164 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5165 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5166 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5167 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5168 p = s;
5169 }
5170 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5171 ;
5172 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5173 return 0;
5174
5175 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5176 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5177 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5178 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5179 return (int)col;
5180}
5181
5182/*
5183 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5184 * char *foo = "here";
5185 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5186 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5187 * foo = "asdf\
5188 * asdf\
5189 * here";
5190 */
5191 static int
5192cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5193 linenr_T lnum;
5194{
5195 char_u *line;
5196 char_u *s;
5197 colnr_T col;
5198 pos_T fp;
5199
5200 if (lnum > 1)
5201 {
5202 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5203 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5204 return -1;
5205 }
5206
5207 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5208 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5209 {
5210 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5211 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5212 else
5213 ++s;
5214 }
5215 if (*s != '=')
5216 return 0;
5217
5218 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5219 if (cin_nocode(s))
5220 return 0;
5221
5222 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5223 ++s;
5224
5225 fp.lnum = lnum;
5226 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5227 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5228 return (int)col;
5229}
5230
5231/*
5232 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5233 */
5234 static int
5235cin_ispreproc(s)
5236 char_u *s;
5237{
5238 s = skipwhite(s);
5239 if (*s == '#')
5240 return TRUE;
5241 return FALSE;
5242}
5243
5244/*
5245 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5246 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5247 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5248 */
5249 static int
5250cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5251 char_u **pp;
5252 linenr_T *lnump;
5253{
5254 char_u *line = *pp;
5255 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5256 int retval = FALSE;
5257
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005258 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005259 {
5260 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5261 {
5262 retval = TRUE;
5263 *lnump = lnum;
5264 break;
5265 }
5266 if (lnum == 1)
5267 break;
5268 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5269 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5270 break;
5271 }
5272
5273 if (lnum != *lnump)
5274 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5275 return retval;
5276}
5277
5278/*
5279 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5280 */
5281 static int
5282cin_iscomment(p)
5283 char_u *p;
5284{
5285 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5286}
5287
5288/*
5289 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5290 */
5291 static int
5292cin_islinecomment(p)
5293 char_u *p;
5294{
5295 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5296}
5297
5298/*
5299 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5300 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5301 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5302 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5303 */
5304 static int
5305cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5306 char_u *s;
5307 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5308 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5309{
5310 char_u found_start = 0;
5311
5312 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5313
5314 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5315 found_start = *s;
5316
5317 while (*s)
5318 {
5319 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5320 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5321 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5322 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5323 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5324 return *s;
5325
5326 if (*s)
5327 s++;
5328 }
5329 return found_start;
5330}
5331
5332/*
5333 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5334 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5335 * no semicolons anywhere.
5336 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5337 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5338 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5339 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5340 */
5341 static int
5342cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5343 char_u **sp;
5344 linenr_T first_lnum;
5345{
5346 char_u *s;
5347 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5348 int retval = FALSE;
5349
5350 if (sp == NULL)
5351 s = ml_get(lnum);
5352 else
5353 s = *sp;
5354
5355 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5356 {
5357 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5358 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5359 else
5360 ++s;
5361 }
5362 if (*s != '(')
5363 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5364
5365 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5366 {
5367 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5368 {
5369 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5370 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5371 * #if defined(x) && \
5372 * defined(y)
5373 */
5374 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5375 s = ml_get(lnum);
5376 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5377 retval = TRUE;
5378 goto done;
5379 }
5380 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5381 {
5382 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5383 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5384 break;
5385
5386 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5387 }
5388 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5389 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5390 else
5391 ++s;
5392 }
5393
5394done:
5395 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5396 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5397
5398 return retval;
5399}
5400
5401 static int
5402cin_isif(p)
5403 char_u *p;
5404{
5405 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5406}
5407
5408 static int
5409cin_iselse(p)
5410 char_u *p;
5411{
5412 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5413 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5414 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5415}
5416
5417 static int
5418cin_isdo(p)
5419 char_u *p;
5420{
5421 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5422}
5423
5424/*
5425 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5426 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5427 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5428 */
5429 static int
5430cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5431 char_u *p;
5432 linenr_T lnum;
5433 int ind_maxparen;
5434{
5435 pos_T cursor_save;
5436 pos_T *trypos;
5437 int retval = FALSE;
5438
5439 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5440 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5441 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5442 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5443 {
5444 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5445 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5446 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5447 p = ml_get_curline();
5448 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5449 {
5450 ++p;
5451 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5452 }
5453 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5454 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5455 retval = TRUE;
5456 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5457 }
5458 return retval;
5459}
5460
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005461/*
5462 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5463 * do
5464 * nothing;
5465 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005466 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005467 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5468 */
5469 static int
5470cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5471 int terminated;
5472 int ind_maxparen;
5473 int ind_maxcomment;
5474{
5475 char_u *line;
5476 char_u *p;
5477 char_u *s;
5478 pos_T *trypos;
5479 int i;
5480
5481 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5482 return FALSE;
5483
5484 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5485 while (*p != NUL)
5486 {
5487 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5488 if (*p == ')')
5489 {
5490 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5491 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5492 {
5493 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5494 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005495 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005496 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5497 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5498 if (trypos != NULL)
5499 {
5500 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5501 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5502 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5503 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5504 {
5505 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5506 return TRUE;
5507 }
5508 }
5509
5510 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5511 line = ml_get_curline();
5512 p = line + i;
5513 }
5514 }
5515 if (*p != NUL)
5516 ++p;
5517 }
5518 return FALSE;
5519}
5520
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005521 static int
5522cin_isbreak(p)
5523 char_u *p;
5524{
5525 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5526}
5527
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005528/*
5529 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005530 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5531 *
5532 * class MyClass :
5533 * baseClass <-- here
5534 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5535 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5536 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5537 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005538 *
5539 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005540 */
5541 static int
5542cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
5543 char_u *line;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005544 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005545{
5546 char_u *s;
5547 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005548 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005549
5550 *col = 0;
5551
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005552 s = skipwhite(line);
5553 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5554 return FALSE;
5555 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005556 if (*s == NUL)
5557 return FALSE;
5558
5559 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5560
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005561 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5562 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5563 * a = cond ?
5564 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005565 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005566 * func::foo()
5567 * : something
5568 * {}
5569 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5570 * : something(4),
5571 * somethingelse(3)
5572 * {}
5573 */
5574 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005575 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005576 s = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum - 1));
5577 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5578 break;
5579 while (*s != NUL)
5580 {
5581 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5582 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5583 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5584 break;
5585 if (*s != NUL)
5586 ++s;
5587 }
5588 if (*s != NUL)
5589 break;
5590 --lnum;
5591 }
5592
5593 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(lnum));
5594 for (;;)
5595 {
5596 if (*s == NUL)
5597 {
5598 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5599 break;
5600 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
5601 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(++lnum));
5602 }
5603
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005604 if (s[0] == ':')
5605 {
5606 if (s[1] == ':')
5607 {
5608 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5609 * initialization any more */
5610 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5611 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5612 }
5613 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5614 {
5615 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
5616 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
5617 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5618 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5619 *col = 0;
5620 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5621 }
5622 else
5623 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5624 }
5625 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5626 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5627 {
5628 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5629 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5630
5631 if (*s == 'c')
5632 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5633 else
5634 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5635 }
5636 else
5637 {
5638 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5639 {
5640 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5641 }
5642 else if (s[0] == ')')
5643 {
5644 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5645 * something like "):" */
5646 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5647 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5648 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005649 else if (s[0] == '?')
5650 {
5651 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5652 return FALSE;
5653 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005654 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5655 {
5656 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5657 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5658 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5659 }
5660 else if (*col == 0)
5661 {
5662 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5663 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5664
5665 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005666 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005667 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5668 }
5669
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005670 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5671 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5672 *col = 0;
5673
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005674 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5675 }
5676 }
5677
5678 return cpp_base_class;
5679}
5680
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005681 static int
5682get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5683 int col;
5684 int ind_maxparen;
5685 int ind_maxcomment;
5686 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5687{
5688 int amount;
5689 colnr_T vcol;
5690 pos_T *trypos;
5691
5692 if (col == 0)
5693 {
5694 amount = get_indent();
5695 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5696 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5697 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5698 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5699 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5700 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5701 }
5702 else
5703 {
5704 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5705 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5706 amount = (int)vcol;
5707 }
5708 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5709 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5710 return amount;
5711}
5712
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005713/*
5714 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5715 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5716 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5717 */
5718 static int
5719cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5720 char_u *s;
5721 char_u *find;
5722 char_u *ignore;
5723{
5724 char_u *p = s;
5725 char_u *r;
5726 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5727
5728 while (*p != NUL)
5729 {
5730 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5731 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5732 {
5733 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5734 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5735 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5736 if (cin_nocode(r))
5737 return TRUE;
5738 }
5739 if (*p != NUL)
5740 ++p;
5741 }
5742 return FALSE;
5743}
5744
5745/*
5746 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5747 * Return the column found.
5748 */
5749 static int
5750cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5751 pos_T *trypos;
5752{
5753 char_u *line;
5754 char_u *p;
5755
5756 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5757 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5758 {
5759 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5760 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5761 else
5762 {
5763 p = skip_string(p);
5764 ++p;
5765 }
5766 }
5767 return (int)(p - line);
5768}
5769
5770/*
5771 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5772 * Return NULL if no match found.
5773 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5774 * work. */
5775/* foo() */
5776/* { */
5777/* } */
5778
5779 static pos_T *
5780find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5781 int ind_maxcomment;
5782{
5783 pos_T cursor_save;
5784 pos_T *trypos;
5785 pos_T *pos;
5786 static pos_T pos_copy;
5787
5788 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5789 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5790 {
5791 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5792 trypos = &pos_copy;
5793 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5794 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005795 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005796 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5797 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5798 break;
5799 if (pos != NULL)
5800 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5801 }
5802 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5803 return trypos;
5804}
5805
5806/*
5807 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5808 * Return NULL of no match found.
5809 */
5810 static pos_T *
5811find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5812 int ind_maxparen;
5813 int ind_maxcomment;
5814{
5815 pos_T cursor_save;
5816 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005817 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005818
5819 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5820 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5821 {
5822 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5823 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5824 trypos = NULL;
5825 else
5826 {
5827 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5828 trypos = &pos_copy;
5829 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5830 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5831 trypos = NULL;
5832 }
5833 }
5834 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5835 return trypos;
5836}
5837
5838/*
5839 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5840 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5841 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5842 * looking a few lines further.
5843 */
5844 static int
5845corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5846 int ind_maxparen;
5847 pos_T *startpos;
5848{
5849 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5850
5851 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5852 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5853 return ind_maxparen;
5854}
5855
5856/*
5857 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5858 * line "l".
5859 */
5860 static int
5861find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5862 char_u *l;
5863 int start, end;
5864{
5865 int i;
5866 int retval = FALSE;
5867 int open_count = 0;
5868
5869 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5870
5871 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5872 {
5873 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5874 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5875 if (l[i] == start)
5876 ++open_count;
5877 else if (l[i] == end)
5878 {
5879 if (open_count > 0)
5880 --open_count;
5881 else
5882 {
5883 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5884 retval = TRUE;
5885 }
5886 }
5887 }
5888 return retval;
5889}
5890
5891 int
5892get_c_indent()
5893{
5894 /*
5895 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5896 * block should be
5897 */
5898 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5899
5900 /*
5901 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5902 * line is imagined to be.
5903 */
5904 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5905
5906 /*
5907 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5908 * an opening brace.
5909 */
5910 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5911
5912 /*
5913 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
5914 */
5915 int ind_first_open = 0;
5916
5917 /*
5918 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
5919 * located
5920 */
5921 int ind_open_extra = 0;
5922
5923 /*
5924 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
5925 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
5926 * brace should be located
5927 */
5928 int ind_close_extra = 0;
5929
5930 /*
5931 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
5932 * column is imagined to be
5933 */
5934 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
5935
5936 /*
5937 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
5938 */
5939 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5940
5941 /*
5942 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
5943 */
5944 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5945
5946 /*
5947 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
5948 */
5949 int ind_case_break = 0;
5950
5951 /*
5952 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
5953 * should be located
5954 */
5955 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5956
5957 /*
5958 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
5959 */
5960 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5961
5962 /*
5963 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
5964 */
5965 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5966
5967 /*
5968 * amount a function type spec should be indented
5969 */
5970 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5971
5972 /*
5973 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
5974 * should be indented
5975 */
5976 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5977
5978 /*
5979 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
5980 * should be located
5981 */
5982 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5983
5984 /*
5985 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
5986 */
5987 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
5988
5989 /*
5990 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
5991 * itself is also unclosed
5992 */
5993 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5994
5995 /*
5996 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
5997 * unclosed parentheses.
5998 */
5999 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6000
6001 /*
6002 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6003 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6004 * context (for very long lines).
6005 */
6006 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6007
6008 /*
6009 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6010 * an unclosed parentheses.
6011 */
6012 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6013
6014 /*
6015 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6016 * opening parentheses.
6017 */
6018 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6019
6020 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006021 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6022 */
6023 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6024
6025 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006026 * Extra indent for comments.
6027 */
6028 int ind_comment = 0;
6029
6030 /*
6031 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6032 */
6033 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6034
6035 /*
6036 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6037 * after the comment opener.
6038 */
6039 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6040
6041 /*
6042 * max lines to search for an open paren
6043 */
6044 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6045
6046 /*
6047 * max lines to search for an open comment
6048 */
6049 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6050
6051 /*
6052 * handle braces for java code
6053 */
6054 int ind_java = 0;
6055
6056 /*
6057 * handle blocked cases correctly
6058 */
6059 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6060
6061 pos_T cur_curpos;
6062 int amount;
6063 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006064 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006065 colnr_T col;
6066 char_u *theline;
6067 char_u *linecopy;
6068 pos_T *trypos;
6069 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6070 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6071 char_u *start;
6072 int start_brace;
6073#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
6074#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6075#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6076 linenr_T ourscope;
6077 char_u *l;
6078 char_u *look;
6079 char_u terminated;
6080 int lookfor;
6081#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6082#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6083#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6084#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6085#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6086#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6087#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6088#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6089#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6090#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6091#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6092
6093 int whilelevel;
6094 linenr_T lnum;
6095 char_u *options;
6096 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6097 int divider;
6098 int n;
6099 int iscase;
6100 int lookfor_break;
6101 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6102
6103 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6104 {
6105 l = options++;
6106 if (*options == '-')
6107 ++options;
6108 n = getdigits(&options);
6109 divider = 0;
6110 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6111 {
6112 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6113 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6114 {
6115 ++options;
6116 if (divider)
6117 divider *= 10;
6118 else
6119 divider = 10;
6120 }
6121 }
6122 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6123 {
6124 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6125 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6126 else
6127 {
6128 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6129 if (divider)
6130 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6131 }
6132 ++options;
6133 }
6134 if (l[1] == '-')
6135 n = -n;
6136 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
6137 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
6138 switch (*l)
6139 {
6140 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6141 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6142 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6143 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6144 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6145 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6146 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6147 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6148 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6149 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6150 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6151 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6152 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6153 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6154 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6155 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6156 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6157 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6158 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6159 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6160 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6161 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6162 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006163 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006164 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6165 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6166 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6167 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6168 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6169 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
6170 }
6171 }
6172
6173 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6174 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6175
6176 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6177 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6178 * ml_get is valid! */
6179 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6180 if (linecopy == NULL)
6181 return 0;
6182
6183 /*
6184 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6185 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6186 * inserting new stuff.
6187 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6188 * check for that.
6189 */
6190 if ((State & INSERT)
6191 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6192 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6193 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6194
6195 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6196
6197 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6198
6199 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6200
6201 /*
6202 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6203 */
6204 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6205 {
6206 amount = 0;
6207 }
6208
6209 /*
6210 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6211 */
6212 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6213 {
6214 amount = 0;
6215 }
6216
6217 /*
6218 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6219 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6220 */
6221 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6222 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6223 {
6224 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6225 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6226 amount = col;
6227 }
6228
6229 /*
6230 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6231 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6232 */
6233 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6234 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6235 {
6236 int lead_start_len = 2;
6237 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6238 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6239 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6240 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6241 char_u *p;
6242 int start_align = 0;
6243 int start_off = 0;
6244 int done = FALSE;
6245
6246 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6247 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6248 amount = col;
6249
6250 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6251 while (*p != NUL)
6252 {
6253 int align = 0;
6254 int off = 0;
6255 int what = 0;
6256
6257 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6258 {
6259 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6260 what = *p++;
6261 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6262 align = *p++;
6263 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6264 off = getdigits(&p);
6265 else
6266 ++p;
6267 }
6268
6269 if (*p == ':')
6270 ++p;
6271 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6272 if (what == COM_START)
6273 {
6274 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6275 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6276 start_off = off;
6277 start_align = align;
6278 }
6279 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6280 {
6281 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6282 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6283 }
6284 else if (what == COM_END)
6285 {
6286 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6287 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6288 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6289 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6290 {
6291 done = TRUE;
6292 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6293 {
6294 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
6295 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
6296 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6297 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6298 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6299 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6300 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6301 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6302 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6303 {
6304 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6305 break;
6306 }
6307 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6308 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6309 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6310 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6311 continue;
6312 }
6313 if (start_off != 0)
6314 amount += start_off;
6315 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006316 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6317 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006318 break;
6319 }
6320
6321 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6322 * with the middle comment */
6323 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6324 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6325 {
6326 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6327 /* XXX */
6328 if (off != 0)
6329 amount += off;
6330 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006331 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6332 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006333 done = TRUE;
6334 break;
6335 }
6336 }
6337 }
6338
6339 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6340 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6341 * with the first character of the comment text.
6342 */
6343 if (done)
6344 ;
6345 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6346 amount += 1;
6347 else
6348 {
6349 /*
6350 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6351 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6352 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6353 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6354 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6355 */
6356 amount = -1;
6357 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6358 {
6359 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6360 continue;
6361 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6362 break;
6363 }
6364 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6365 {
6366 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6367 {
6368 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6369 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6370 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6371 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6372 }
6373 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6374 amount = col;
6375 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6376 amount += ind_in_comment;
6377 }
6378 }
6379 }
6380
6381 /*
6382 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6383 */ /* XXX */
6384 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6385 && ind_java == 0)
6386 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6387 || trypos != NULL)
6388 {
6389 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6390 {
6391 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6392 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6393 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6394 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6395 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6396 trypos = NULL;
6397 else
6398 tryposBrace = NULL;
6399 }
6400
6401 if (trypos != NULL)
6402 {
6403 /*
6404 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6405 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6406 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006407 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006408 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006409 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6410 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6411 }
6412 else
6413 {
6414 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006415 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6416 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006417 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006418 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6419 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6420 continue;
6421 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6422 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6423 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006424
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006425 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6426 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6427 {
6428 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6429 continue;
6430 }
6431
6432 /* XXX */
6433 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6434 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006435 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006436 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6437 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6438 {
6439 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006440
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006441 if (theline[0] == ')')
6442 {
6443 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6444 && cur_amount > amount)
6445 cur_amount = amount;
6446 amount = -1;
6447 }
6448 break;
6449 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006450 }
6451 }
6452
6453 /*
6454 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6455 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6456 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6457 */
6458 if (amount == -1)
6459 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006460 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6461
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006462 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006463 look = skipwhite(look);
6464 if (*look == '(')
6465 {
6466 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6467 char_u *line;
6468 int look_col;
6469
6470 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6471 * our matching '('. */
6472 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6473 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006474 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006475 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6476 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6477 != NULL
6478 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6479 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6480 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6481
6482 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6483 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6484 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006485 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006486 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6487 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006488 {
6489 /*
6490 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6491 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6492 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6493 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6494 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6495 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6496 * lines).
6497 */
6498 if (theline[0] != ')')
6499 {
6500 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6501 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6502 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6503 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6504 {
6505 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6506 * for each additional level */
6507 n = 1;
6508 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6509 {
6510 switch (l[col])
6511 {
6512 case '(':
6513 case '{': ++n;
6514 break;
6515
6516 case ')':
6517 case '}': if (n > 1)
6518 --n;
6519 break;
6520 }
6521 }
6522
6523 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6524 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6525 }
6526 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6527 our_paren_pos.col++;
6528 else
6529 {
6530 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6531 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6532 col++;
6533 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6534 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6535 else
6536 our_paren_pos.col++;
6537 }
6538 }
6539
6540 /*
6541 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6542 * if we did the above "if".
6543 */
6544 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6545 {
6546 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6547 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6548 cur_amount = col;
6549 }
6550 }
6551
6552 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6553 {
6554 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6555 }
6556 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006557 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006558 {
6559 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6560 amount = cur_amount;
6561 }
6562 else
6563 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006564 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6565 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006566 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006567 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006568 {
6569 --our_paren_pos.col;
6570 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6571 {
6572 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6573 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6574 break;
6575 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6576 col = MAXCOL;
6577 break;
6578 }
6579 }
6580
6581 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6582 * braces */
6583 if (col == MAXCOL)
6584 amount += ind_unclosed;
6585 else
6586 {
6587 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6588 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6589 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6590 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6591 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6592 else
6593 amount += ind_unclosed;
6594 }
6595 /*
6596 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6597 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6598 * lines:
6599 * func_long_name( if (x
6600 * arg && yy
6601 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6602 */
6603 if (cur_amount < amount)
6604 amount = cur_amount;
6605 }
6606 }
6607
6608 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6609 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6610 amount += ind_comment;
6611 }
6612
6613 /*
6614 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6615 */
6616 else
6617 {
6618 trypos = tryposBrace;
6619
6620 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6621 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6622
6623 /*
6624 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6625 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6626 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6627 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6628 */
6629 look = skipwhite(start);
6630 if (*look == '{')
6631 {
6632 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6633 amount = col;
6634 if (*start == '{')
6635 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6636 else
6637 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6638 }
6639 else
6640 {
6641 /*
6642 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6643 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6644 */
6645 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6646
6647 /*
6648 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6649 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6650 */
6651 lnum = ourscope;
6652 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6653 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6654 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6655 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6656
6657 /*
6658 * It could have been something like
6659 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6660 * ldfd) {
6661 * }
6662 */
6663 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6664 amount = get_indent();
6665 else
6666 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6667
6668 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6669 }
6670
6671 /*
6672 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6673 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6674 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6675 */
6676 if (theline[0] == '}')
6677 {
6678 /*
6679 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6680 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6681 */
6682 amount += ind_close_extra;
6683 }
6684 else
6685 {
6686 /*
6687 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6688 * to match it with.
6689 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6690 * to match it with.
6691 */
6692 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6693 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6694 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6695 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6696 /* XXX */
6697 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6698 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6699 {
6700 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6701 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6702 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6703 {
6704 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6705 goto theend;
6706 }
6707 }
6708
6709 /*
6710 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6711 * failed to find a matching "if").
6712 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6713 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6714 */
6715
6716 /*
6717 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6718 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6719 * location for ind_open_extra.
6720 */
6721
6722 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6723 {
6724 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6725 }
6726 else
6727 {
6728 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6729 amount += ind_open_imag;
6730 else
6731 {
6732 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6733 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6734 if (amount < 0)
6735 amount = 0;
6736 }
6737 }
6738
6739 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6740
6741 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6742 {
6743 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6744 amount += ind_case;
6745 }
6746 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6747 {
6748 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6749 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6750 }
6751 else
6752 {
6753 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6754 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6755
6756 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6757 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6758 }
6759 scope_amount = amount;
6760 whilelevel = 0;
6761
6762 /*
6763 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6764 * with that.
6765 *
6766 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6767 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6768 * that opens the block.
6769 */
6770 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6771 for (;;)
6772 {
6773 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6774 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6775
6776 /*
6777 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6778 * up with it.
6779 */
6780 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6781 {
6782 /* we reached end of scope:
6783 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6784 * go further back:
6785 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6786 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6787 * declaration:
6788 * int x,
6789 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6790 */
6791 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6792 {
6793 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6794 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6795 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6796 {
6797 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6798 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6799 * initialization) */
6800 if (cont_amount > 0)
6801 amount = cont_amount;
6802 else
6803 amount += ind_continuation;
6804 break;
6805 }
6806
6807 l = ml_get_curline();
6808
6809 /*
6810 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6811 * comment.
6812 */
6813 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6814 if (trypos != NULL)
6815 {
6816 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6817 continue;
6818 }
6819
6820 /*
6821 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6822 */
6823 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6824 continue;
6825
6826 if (cin_nocode(l))
6827 continue;
6828
6829 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6830
6831 /*
6832 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6833 * function declaration, we are done
6834 * (it's a variable declaration).
6835 */
6836 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6837 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6838 {
6839 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6840 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6841 * don't add extra indent.
6842 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6843 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6844 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6845 */
6846 if (terminated == ',')
6847 break;
6848
6849 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6850 * we are done.
6851 */
6852 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6853 break;
6854
6855 /* nothing useful found */
6856 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6857 continue;
6858 }
6859
6860 if (terminated != ';')
6861 {
6862 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6863 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6864 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6865 */ /* XXX */
6866 trypos = NULL;
6867 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6868 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6869 ind_maxcomment);
6870
6871 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6872 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6873
6874 if (trypos != NULL)
6875 {
6876 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6877 continue;
6878 }
6879 }
6880
6881 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6882 * like in
6883 * int a,
6884 * b;
6885 */
6886 if (cont_amount > 0)
6887 amount = cont_amount;
6888 else
6889 amount += ind_continuation;
6890 }
6891 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6892 {
6893 if (cont_amount > 0)
6894 amount = cont_amount;
6895 else
6896 amount += ind_continuation;
6897 }
6898 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6899 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6900 {
6901 amount = scope_amount;
6902 if (theline[0] == '{')
6903 amount += ind_open_extra;
6904 }
6905 break;
6906 }
6907
6908 /*
6909 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6910 */ /* XXX */
6911 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6912 {
6913 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6914 continue;
6915 }
6916
6917 l = ml_get_curline();
6918
6919 /*
6920 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00006921 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006922 */
6923 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
6924 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
6925 {
6926 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
6927 * declaration/initialization any longer */
6928 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6929 break;
6930
6931 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
6932 * labels. */
6933 if (whilelevel > 0)
6934 continue;
6935
6936 /*
6937 * case xx:
6938 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
6939 *-> here;
6940 */
6941 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6942 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6943 {
6944 if (cont_amount > 0)
6945 amount = cont_amount;
6946 else
6947 amount += ind_continuation;
6948 break;
6949 }
6950
6951 /*
6952 * case xx: <- line up with this case
6953 * x = 333;
6954 * case yy:
6955 */
6956 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
6957 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
6958 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
6959 {
6960 /*
6961 * Check that this case label is not for another
6962 * switch()
6963 */ /* XXX */
6964 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
6965 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
6966 {
6967 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6968 break;
6969 }
6970 continue;
6971 }
6972
6973 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
6974
6975 /*
6976 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6977 * y = y + 1;
6978 * -> s = 99;
6979 *
6980 * case xx:
6981 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
6982 * y = y + 1;
6983 * -> s = 99;
6984 */
6985 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
6986 {
6987 if (n)
6988 amount = n;
6989
6990 if (!lookfor_break)
6991 break;
6992 }
6993
6994 /*
6995 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
6996 * -> y = y + 1;
6997 *
6998 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6999 * -> y = y + 1;
7000 */
7001 if (n)
7002 {
7003 amount = n;
7004 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7005 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007006 {
7007 if (theline[0] == '{')
7008 amount += ind_open_extra;
7009 else
7010 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7011 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007012 break;
7013 }
7014
7015 /*
7016 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7017 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7018 * switch label.
7019 * break; <- may line up with this line
7020 * case xx:
7021 * -> y = 1;
7022 */
7023 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7024 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7025 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7026 continue;
7027 }
7028
7029 /*
7030 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7031 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7032 */
7033 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7034 {
7035 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7036 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7037 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7038 continue;
7039 }
7040
7041 /*
7042 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7043 */
7044 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7045 {
7046 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7047 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7048 continue;
7049 }
7050
7051 /*
7052 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7053 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7054 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7055 * unlocked it)
7056 */
7057 l = ml_get_curline();
7058 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7059 || cin_nocode(l))
7060 continue;
7061
7062 /*
7063 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7064 * constructor initialization?
7065 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007066 n = FALSE;
7067 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7068 {
7069 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
7070 l = ml_get_curline();
7071 }
7072 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007073 {
7074 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7075 {
7076 if (cont_amount > 0)
7077 amount = cont_amount;
7078 else
7079 amount += ind_continuation;
7080 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007081 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007082 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007083 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7084 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7085 ind_continuation = 0;
7086 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007087 }
7088 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007089 /* XXX */
7090 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7091 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007092 break;
7093 }
7094 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7095 {
7096 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007097 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7098 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007099 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7100 break;
7101 else
7102 continue;
7103 }
7104
7105 /*
7106 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7107 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
7108 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
7109 * 123,
7110 * sizeof
7111 * here
7112 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7113 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7114 * (indented).
7115 */
7116 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7117
7118 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7119 && terminated == ','))
7120 {
7121 /*
7122 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7123 * go back to the line that starts it so
7124 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7125 * if ( foo &&
7126 * bar )
7127 */
7128 /*
7129 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7130 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7131 */
7132 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7133 trypos = find_match_paren(
7134 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7135 ind_maxcomment);
7136
7137 /*
7138 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7139 * braces.
7140 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007141 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7142 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007143 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7144
7145 if (trypos != NULL)
7146 {
7147 /*
7148 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7149 * handled above.
7150 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7151 * asdf)
7152 */
7153 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7154 l = ml_get_curline();
7155 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7156 {
7157 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7158 continue;
7159 }
7160 }
7161
7162 /*
7163 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7164 * indent from
7165 * char *usethis = "bla\
7166 * bla",
7167 * here;
7168 */
7169 if (terminated == ',')
7170 {
7171 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7172 {
7173 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7174 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7175 break;
7176 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7177 }
7178 }
7179
7180 /*
7181 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7182 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7183 */
7184 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7185 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7186
7187 /*
7188 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7189 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7190 * while (not)
7191 * -> {
7192 * }
7193 */
7194 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7195 && theline[0] == '{')
7196 {
7197 amount = cur_amount;
7198 /*
7199 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7200 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7201 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7202 * { 1, 2 },
7203 * -> { 3, 4 }
7204 */
7205 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7206 amount += ind_open_extra;
7207
7208 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7209 {
7210 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7211 * class declaration or initialization */
7212 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7213 continue;
7214 }
7215 break;
7216 }
7217
7218 /*
7219 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7220 * Also allow " } else".
7221 */
7222 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7223 {
7224 /*
7225 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7226 * with the last one.
7227 * if (cond)
7228 * 100 +
7229 * -> here;
7230 */
7231 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7232 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7233 {
7234 if (cont_amount > 0)
7235 amount = cont_amount;
7236 else
7237 amount += ind_continuation;
7238 break;
7239 }
7240
7241 /*
7242 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7243 * are finished.
7244 * while (not)
7245 * -> here;
7246 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7247 * before this is terminated.
7248 * yyy;
7249 * if (stat)
7250 * while (not)
7251 * xxx;
7252 * -> here;
7253 */
7254 amount = cur_amount;
7255 if (theline[0] == '{')
7256 amount += ind_open_extra;
7257 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7258 {
7259 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7260 break;
7261 }
7262
7263 /*
7264 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7265 * do, line up with the while()
7266 * do
7267 * x = 1;
7268 * -> here
7269 */
7270 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7271 if (cin_isdo(l))
7272 {
7273 if (whilelevel == 0)
7274 break;
7275 --whilelevel;
7276 }
7277
7278 /*
7279 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7280 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7281 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7282 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7283 */
7284 if (cin_iselse(l)
7285 && whilelevel == 0
7286 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7287 == NULL
7288 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7289 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7290 break;
7291 }
7292
7293 /*
7294 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7295 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
7296 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
7297 * the line before this one.
7298 */
7299 else
7300 {
7301 /*
7302 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7303 * the last one.
7304 * c = 99 +
7305 * 100 +
7306 * -> here;
7307 */
7308 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7309 {
7310 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7311 if (terminated == ',')
7312 amount += ind_continuation;
7313 break;
7314 }
7315
7316 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7317 {
7318 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7319 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7320 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7321 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7322 * enumerations/initializations. */
7323 if (terminated == ',')
7324 {
7325 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7326 break;
7327
7328 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7329 continue;
7330 }
7331
7332 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7333 * reduce indent. */
7334 if (amount > cur_amount)
7335 amount = cur_amount;
7336 }
7337 else
7338 {
7339 /*
7340 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7341 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7342 * 100 +
7343 * -> here;
7344 */
7345 amount = cur_amount;
7346
7347 /*
7348 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7349 * are in an initialization or enum
7350 * struct xxx =
7351 * {
7352 * sizeof a,
7353 * 124 };
7354 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7355 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7356 * yet.
7357 */
7358 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7359 {
7360 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7361 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7362 }
7363 else
7364 {
7365 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7366 && *l != NUL
7367 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7368 /* XXX */
7369 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7370 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7371 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7372 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7373 }
7374 }
7375 }
7376 }
7377
7378 /*
7379 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7380 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7381 */
7382 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007383 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7384 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007385 {
7386 /*
7387 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7388 * with the last one.
7389 * while (cond);
7390 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7391 * -> here;
7392 */
7393 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7394 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7395 {
7396 if (cont_amount > 0)
7397 amount = cont_amount;
7398 else
7399 amount += ind_continuation;
7400 break;
7401 }
7402
7403 if (whilelevel == 0)
7404 {
7405 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7406 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7407 if (theline[0] == '{')
7408 amount += ind_open_extra;
7409 }
7410 ++whilelevel;
7411 }
7412
7413 /*
7414 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7415 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7416 * indent of that other statement.
7417 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7418 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7419 */
7420 else
7421 {
7422 /*
7423 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7424 * may be lined up with the case label.
7425 */
7426 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7427 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7428 {
7429 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7430 continue;
7431 }
7432
7433 /*
7434 * Handle "do {" line.
7435 */
7436 if (whilelevel > 0)
7437 {
7438 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7439 if (cin_isdo(l))
7440 {
7441 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7442 --whilelevel;
7443 continue;
7444 }
7445 }
7446
7447 /*
7448 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7449 * the amount for a continuation line.
7450 * x = 1;
7451 * y = foo +
7452 * -> here;
7453 * or
7454 * int x = 1;
7455 * int foo,
7456 * -> here;
7457 */
7458 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7459 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7460 {
7461 if (cont_amount > 0)
7462 amount = cont_amount;
7463 else
7464 amount += ind_continuation;
7465 break;
7466 }
7467
7468 /*
7469 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7470 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7471 * x = 1; x = 1;
7472 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7473 * while (asdf) ->here;
7474 * here;
7475 * ->foo;
7476 */
7477 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7478 {
7479 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7480 break;
7481 }
7482
7483 /*
7484 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7485 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7486 * a terminated line.
7487 */
7488 else
7489 {
7490 /*
7491 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7492 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7493 * the line. Helps for:
7494 * func(asdr,
7495 * asdfasdf);
7496 * here;
7497 */
7498term_again:
7499 l = ml_get_curline();
7500 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7501 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7502 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7503 {
7504 /*
7505 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7506 * handled above.
7507 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7508 * asdf)
7509 */
7510 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7511 l = ml_get_curline();
7512 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7513 {
7514 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7515 continue;
7516 }
7517 }
7518
7519 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7520 * with a statement after it.
7521 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7522 * stat;
7523 * }
7524 * case 2:
7525 * stat;
7526 * }
7527 */
7528 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7529
7530 /*
7531 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7532 * ignoring any jump label.
7533 */
7534 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7535 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7536
7537 if (theline[0] == '{')
7538 amount += ind_open_extra;
7539 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007540 l = skipwhite(l);
7541 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007542 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7543 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7544
7545 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007546 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7547 * the matching "if":
7548 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007549 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007550 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7551 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7552 */
7553 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7554 && *l != '}'
7555 && cin_iselse(l)
7556 && whilelevel == 0)
7557 {
7558 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7559 == NULL
7560 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7561 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7562 break;
7563 continue;
7564 }
7565
7566 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007567 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7568 * that block.
7569 */
7570 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7571 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7572 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7573 != NULL) /* XXX */
7574 {
7575 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7576 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7577 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7578 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7579 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7580 goto term_again;
7581 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7582 }
7583 }
7584 }
7585 }
7586 }
7587 }
7588
7589 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7590 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7591 amount += ind_comment;
7592 }
7593
7594 /*
7595 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7596 *
7597 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7598 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7599 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7600 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7601 */
7602 else
7603 {
7604 /*
7605 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7606 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7607 * of a function
7608 */
7609
7610 if (theline[0] == '{')
7611 {
7612 amount = ind_first_open;
7613 }
7614
7615 /*
7616 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7617 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7618 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7619 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7620 */
7621 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7622 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7623 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7624 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7625 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7626 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7627 {
7628 amount = ind_func_type;
7629 }
7630 else
7631 {
7632 amount = 0;
7633 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7634
7635 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7636
7637 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7638 {
7639 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7640 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7641
7642 l = ml_get_curline();
7643
7644 /*
7645 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7646 */ /* XXX */
7647 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7648 {
7649 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7650 continue;
7651 }
7652
7653 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007654 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7655 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007656 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007657 n = FALSE;
7658 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7659 {
7660 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
7661 l = ml_get_curline();
7662 }
7663 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007664 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007665 /* XXX */
7666 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7667 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007668 break;
7669 }
7670
7671 /*
7672 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7673 */
7674 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7675 continue;
7676
7677 if (cin_nocode(l))
7678 continue;
7679
7680 /*
7681 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7682 * indentation:
7683 * int foo,
7684 * bar;
7685 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7686 * enum foobar
7687 * {
7688 * ...
7689 * } foo,
7690 * bar;
7691 */
7692 n = 0;
7693 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7694 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7695 {
7696 /* take us back to opening paren */
7697 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7698 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7699 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7700 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7701
7702 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7703 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7704 * char *foo = "bla\
7705 * bla",
7706 * here;
7707 */
7708 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7709 {
7710 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7711 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7712 break;
7713 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7714 }
7715
7716 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7717
7718 if (amount == 0)
7719 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7720 if (amount == 0)
7721 amount = ind_continuation;
7722 break;
7723 }
7724
7725 /*
7726 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7727 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7728 */
7729 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7730 break;
7731 l = ml_get_curline();
7732
7733 /*
7734 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7735 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7736 */
7737 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7738 break;
7739
7740 /* (matching {)
7741 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7742 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7743 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7744 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7745 */
7746 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7747 break;
7748
7749 /*
7750 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7751 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7752 * parameters.
7753 */
7754 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7755 {
7756 amount = ind_param;
7757 break;
7758 }
7759
7760 /*
7761 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7762 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7763 * int foo,
7764 * bar;
7765 * indent_to_0 here;
7766 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007767 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007768 {
7769 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7770 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7771 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7772 break;
7773 l = ml_get_curline();
7774 }
7775
7776 /*
7777 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7778 * use the indent of this line.
7779 *
7780 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7781 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7782 */
7783 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7784
7785 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7786 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7787 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7788 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7789 break;
7790 }
7791
7792 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7793 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7794 amount += ind_comment;
7795
7796 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7797 * "asdfasdf\
7798 * here";
7799 * char *foo = "asdf\
7800 * here";
7801 */
7802 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7803 {
7804 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7805 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7806 {
7807 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7808 if (cur_amount > 0)
7809 amount = cur_amount;
7810 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7811 amount += ind_continuation;
7812 }
7813 }
7814 }
7815 }
7816
7817theend:
7818 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7819 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7820
7821 vim_free(linecopy);
7822
7823 if (amount < 0)
7824 return 0;
7825 return amount;
7826}
7827
7828 static int
7829find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7830 int lookfor;
7831 linenr_T ourscope;
7832 int ind_maxparen;
7833 int ind_maxcomment;
7834{
7835 char_u *look;
7836 pos_T *theirscope;
7837 char_u *mightbeif;
7838 int elselevel;
7839 int whilelevel;
7840
7841 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7842 {
7843 elselevel = 1;
7844 whilelevel = 0;
7845 }
7846 else
7847 {
7848 elselevel = 0;
7849 whilelevel = 1;
7850 }
7851
7852 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7853
7854 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7855 {
7856 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7857 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7858
7859 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7860 if (cin_iselse(look)
7861 || cin_isif(look)
7862 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7863 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7864 {
7865 /*
7866 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7867 * we must be out of scope...
7868 */
7869 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7870 if (theirscope == NULL)
7871 break;
7872
7873 /*
7874 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7875 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7876 * out of luck too.
7877 */
7878 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7879 break;
7880
7881 /*
7882 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7883 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7884 * different scope...
7885 */
7886 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7887 continue;
7888
7889 /*
7890 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7891 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7892 * increment elselevel
7893 */
7894 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7895 if (cin_iselse(look))
7896 {
7897 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7898 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7899 ++elselevel;
7900 continue;
7901 }
7902
7903 /*
7904 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
7905 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
7906 */
7907 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7908 {
7909 ++whilelevel;
7910 continue;
7911 }
7912
7913 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
7914 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7915 if (cin_isif(look))
7916 {
7917 elselevel--;
7918 /*
7919 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
7920 * get in the way.
7921 */
7922 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7923 whilelevel = 0;
7924 }
7925
7926 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
7927 if (cin_isdo(look))
7928 whilelevel--;
7929
7930 /*
7931 * if we've used up all the elses, then
7932 * this must be the if that we want!
7933 * match the indent level of that if.
7934 */
7935 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
7936 {
7937 return OK;
7938 }
7939 }
7940 }
7941 return FAIL;
7942}
7943
7944# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7945/*
7946 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
7947 */
7948 int
7949get_expr_indent()
7950{
7951 int indent;
7952 pos_T pos;
7953 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00007954 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
7955 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007956
7957 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
7958 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007959 if (use_sandbox)
7960 ++sandbox;
7961 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007962 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007963 if (use_sandbox)
7964 --sandbox;
7965 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007966
7967 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
7968 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
7969 * command. */
7970 save_State = State;
7971 State = INSERT;
7972 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
7973 check_cursor();
7974 State = save_State;
7975
7976 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
7977 if (indent < 0)
7978 indent = get_indent();
7979
7980 return indent;
7981}
7982# endif
7983
7984#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7985
7986#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
7987
7988static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
7989
7990 static int
7991lisp_match(p)
7992 char_u *p;
7993{
7994 char_u buf[LSIZE];
7995 int len;
7996 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
7997
7998 while (*word != NUL)
7999 {
8000 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8001 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8002 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8003 return TRUE;
8004 }
8005 return FALSE;
8006}
8007
8008/*
8009 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8010 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8011 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8012 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8013 *
8014 * TODO:
8015 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8016 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8017 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8018 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8019 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8020 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008021 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8022 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008023 */
8024 int
8025get_lisp_indent()
8026{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008027 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008028 int amount;
8029 char_u *that;
8030 colnr_T col;
8031 colnr_T firsttry;
8032 int parencount, quotecount;
8033 int vi_lisp;
8034
8035 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8036 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8037
8038 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8039 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8040
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008041 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8042 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8043 else
8044 {
8045 paren = *pos;
8046 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8047 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8048 pos = &paren;
8049 }
8050 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008051 {
8052 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8053 * line that is at the same () level. */
8054 amount = -1;
8055 parencount = 0;
8056
8057 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8058 {
8059 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8060 continue;
8061 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8062 {
8063 if (*that == ';')
8064 {
8065 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8066 ++that;
8067 continue;
8068 }
8069 if (*that == '\\')
8070 {
8071 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8072 ++that;
8073 continue;
8074 }
8075 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8076 {
8077 that++;
8078 while (*that && (*that != '"' || *(that - 1) == '\\'))
8079 ++that;
8080 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008081 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008082 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008083 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008084 --parencount;
8085 }
8086 if (parencount == 0)
8087 {
8088 amount = get_indent();
8089 break;
8090 }
8091 }
8092
8093 if (amount == -1)
8094 {
8095 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8096 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8097 col = pos->col;
8098
8099 that = ml_get_curline();
8100
8101 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8102 amount = 2;
8103 else
8104 {
8105 amount = 0;
8106 while (*that && col)
8107 {
8108 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8109 col--;
8110 }
8111
8112 /*
8113 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8114 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8115 *
8116 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8117 * (...)) of (...))
8118 */
8119
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008120 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8121 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008122 amount += 2;
8123 else
8124 {
8125 that++;
8126 amount++;
8127 firsttry = amount;
8128
8129 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8130 {
8131 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8132 ++that;
8133 }
8134
8135 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8136 {
8137 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
8138 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008139 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008140 firsttry++;
8141
8142 parencount = 0;
8143 quotecount = 0;
8144
8145 if (vi_lisp
8146 || (*that != '"'
8147 && *that != '\''
8148 && *that != '#'
8149 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8150 {
8151 while (*that
8152 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8153 || quotecount
8154 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008155 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008156 && !quotecount
8157 && !parencount
8158 && vi_lisp)))
8159 {
8160 if (*that == '"')
8161 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008162 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8163 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008164 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008165 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8166 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008167 --parencount;
8168 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8169 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8170 (colnr_T)amount);
8171 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8172 (colnr_T)amount);
8173 }
8174 }
8175 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8176 {
8177 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8178 that++;
8179 }
8180 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8181 amount = firsttry;
8182 }
8183 }
8184 }
8185 }
8186 }
8187 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008188 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008189
8190 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8191
8192 return amount;
8193}
8194#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8195
8196 void
8197prepare_to_exit()
8198{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008199#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8200 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8201 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8202 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008203 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8204#endif
8205
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008206#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8207 if (gui.in_use)
8208 {
8209 gui.dying = TRUE;
8210 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8211 }
8212 else
8213#endif
8214 {
8215 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8216
8217 /*
8218 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8219 * screen (if there are two screens).
8220 */
8221 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8222#ifdef WIN3264
8223 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8224#endif
8225 stoptermcap();
8226 out_flush();
8227 }
8228}
8229
8230/*
8231 * Preserve files and exit.
8232 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8233 */
8234 void
8235preserve_exit()
8236{
8237 buf_T *buf;
8238
8239 prepare_to_exit();
8240
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008241 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8242 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8243 really_exiting = TRUE;
8244
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008245 out_str(IObuff);
8246 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8247 out_flush();
8248
8249 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8250
8251 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8252 {
8253 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8254 {
8255 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8256 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8257 out_flush();
8258 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8259 break;
8260 }
8261 }
8262
8263 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8264
8265 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8266
8267 getout(1);
8268}
8269
8270/*
8271 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8272 */
8273 int
8274vim_fexists(fname)
8275 char_u *fname;
8276{
8277 struct stat st;
8278
8279 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8280 return FALSE;
8281 return TRUE;
8282}
8283
8284/*
8285 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8286 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8287 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8288 * time, because it can be a system call.
8289 */
8290
8291#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8292# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8293# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8294# else
8295# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8296# endif
8297#endif
8298
8299static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8300
8301 void
8302line_breakcheck()
8303{
8304 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8305 {
8306 breakcheck_count = 0;
8307 ui_breakcheck();
8308 }
8309}
8310
8311/*
8312 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8313 */
8314 void
8315fast_breakcheck()
8316{
8317 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8318 {
8319 breakcheck_count = 0;
8320 ui_breakcheck();
8321 }
8322}
8323
8324/*
8325 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8326 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008327 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008328 */
8329 int
8330expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8331 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8332 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8333 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8334 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8335 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8336{
8337 int retval;
8338 int i, j;
8339 char_u *p;
8340 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8341
8342 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8343
8344 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8345 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8346 return retval;
8347
8348#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8349 /*
8350 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8351 */
8352 if (*p_wig)
8353 {
8354 char_u *ffname;
8355
8356 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8357 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8358 {
8359 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8360 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8361 break;
8362# ifdef VMS
8363 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8364# endif
8365 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8366 {
8367 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8368 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8369 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8370 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8371 --*num_file;
8372 --i;
8373 }
8374 vim_free(ffname);
8375 }
8376 }
8377#endif
8378
8379 /*
8380 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8381 */
8382 if (*num_file > 1)
8383 {
8384 non_suf_match = 0;
8385 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8386 {
8387 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8388 {
8389 /*
8390 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8391 * of the list.
8392 */
8393 p = (*file)[i];
8394 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8395 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8396 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8397 }
8398 }
8399 }
8400
8401 return retval;
8402}
8403
8404/*
8405 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8406 */
8407 int
8408match_suffix(fname)
8409 char_u *fname;
8410{
8411 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8412 char_u *setsuf;
8413#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8414 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8415
8416 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8417 setsuflen = 0;
8418 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8419 {
8420 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8421 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8422 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8423 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8424 break;
8425 setsuflen = 0;
8426 }
8427 return (setsuflen != 0);
8428}
8429
8430#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8431
8432# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8433static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8434static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8435# endif
8436
8437# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8438/*
8439 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8440 * it's shared between these systems.
8441 */
8442# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8443# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8444# else
8445# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8446# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8447# endif
8448# endif
8449
8450/*
8451 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8452 */
8453 static int _cdecl
8454pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8455{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008456 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008457}
8458
8459# ifndef WIN3264
8460 static void
8461namelowcpy(
8462 char_u *d,
8463 char_u *s)
8464{
8465# ifdef DJGPP
8466 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8467 while (*s)
8468 *d++ = *s++;
8469 else
8470# endif
8471 while (*s)
8472 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8473 *d = NUL;
8474}
8475# endif
8476
8477/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008478 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8479 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008480 * Return the number of matches found.
8481 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8482 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008483 * Return the number of matches found.
8484 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008485 */
8486 static int
8487dos_expandpath(
8488 garray_T *gap,
8489 char_u *path,
8490 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008491 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
8492 int didstar) /* expaneded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008493{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008494 char_u *buf;
8495 char_u *path_end;
8496 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8497 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8498 char_u *pat;
8499 regmatch_T regmatch;
8500 int starts_with_dot;
8501 int matches;
8502 int len;
8503 int starstar = FALSE;
8504 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008505#ifdef WIN3264
8506 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8507 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8508# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8509 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8510 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8511# endif
8512#else
8513 struct ffblk fb;
8514#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008515 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008516 int ok;
8517
8518 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8519 if (stardepth > 0)
8520 {
8521 ui_breakcheck();
8522 if (got_int)
8523 return 0;
8524 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008525
8526 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008527 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008528 if (buf == NULL)
8529 return 0;
8530
8531 /*
8532 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8533 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8534 */
8535 p = buf;
8536 s = buf;
8537 e = NULL;
8538 path_end = path;
8539 while (*path_end != NUL)
8540 {
8541 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8542 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8543 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8544 *p++ = *path_end++;
8545 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8546 {
8547 if (e != NULL)
8548 break;
8549 s = p + 1;
8550 }
8551 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8552 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8553 e = p;
8554#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8555 if (has_mbyte)
8556 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008557 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008558 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8559 p += len;
8560 path_end += len;
8561 }
8562 else
8563#endif
8564 *p++ = *path_end++;
8565 }
8566 e = p;
8567 *e = NUL;
8568
8569 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8570 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8571 * component. */
8572 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8573 if (rem_backslash(p))
8574 {
8575 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8576 --e;
8577 --s;
8578 }
8579
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008580 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8581 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8582 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8583 starstar = TRUE;
8584
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008585 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8586 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8587 if (pat == NULL)
8588 {
8589 vim_free(buf);
8590 return 0;
8591 }
8592
8593 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8594 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8595 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8596 vim_free(pat);
8597
8598 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8599 {
8600 vim_free(buf);
8601 return 0;
8602 }
8603
8604 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8605 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8606
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008607 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8608 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8609 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8610 && *path_end == '/')
8611 {
8612 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8613 ++stardepth;
8614 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8615 --stardepth;
8616 }
8617
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008618 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8619 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8620#ifdef WIN3264
8621# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8622 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8623 {
8624 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8625 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8626 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
8627 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8628 if (wn != NULL)
8629 {
8630 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8631 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8632 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8633 {
8634 vim_free(wn);
8635 wn = NULL;
8636 }
8637 }
8638 }
8639
8640 if (wn == NULL)
8641# endif
8642 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8643 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8644#else
8645 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8646 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8647 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8648#endif
8649
8650 while (ok)
8651 {
8652#ifdef WIN3264
8653# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8654 if (wn != NULL)
8655 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
8656 else
8657# endif
8658 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8659#else
8660 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8661#endif
8662 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8663 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8664 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8665 && (matchname == NULL
8666 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8667 {
8668#ifdef WIN3264
8669 STRCPY(s, p);
8670#else
8671 namelowcpy(s, p);
8672#endif
8673 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008674
8675 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8676 {
8677 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8678 * find matches. */
8679 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8680 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8681 ++stardepth;
8682 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8683 --stardepth;
8684 }
8685
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008686 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8687 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8688 {
8689 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8690 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008691 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008692 }
8693 else
8694 {
8695 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8696 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8697 if (*path_end != 0)
8698 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8699 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8700 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8701 }
8702 }
8703
8704#ifdef WIN3264
8705# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8706 if (wn != NULL)
8707 {
8708 vim_free(p);
8709 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8710 }
8711 else
8712# endif
8713 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8714#else
8715 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8716#endif
8717
8718 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8719 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8720 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8721 {
8722 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8723#ifdef WIN3264
8724 FindClose(hFind);
8725# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8726 if (wn != NULL)
8727 {
8728 vim_free(wn);
8729 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8730 if (wn != NULL)
8731 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8732 }
8733 if (wn == NULL)
8734# endif
8735 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8736 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8737#else
8738 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8739 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8740#endif
8741 vim_free(matchname);
8742 matchname = NULL;
8743 }
8744 }
8745
8746#ifdef WIN3264
8747 FindClose(hFind);
8748# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8749 vim_free(wn);
8750# endif
8751#endif
8752 vim_free(buf);
8753 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8754 vim_free(matchname);
8755
8756 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8757 if (matches > 0)
8758 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8759 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8760 return matches;
8761}
8762
8763 int
8764mch_expandpath(
8765 garray_T *gap,
8766 char_u *path,
8767 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8768{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008769 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008770}
8771# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8772
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008773#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8774 || defined(PROTO)
8775/*
8776 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8777 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8778 */
8779static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8780
8781 static int
8782pstrcmp(a, b)
8783 const void *a, *b;
8784{
8785 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8786}
8787
8788/*
8789 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8790 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8791 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8792 * at "path + wildoff".
8793 * Return the number of matches found.
8794 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8795 */
8796 int
8797unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8798 garray_T *gap;
8799 char_u *path;
8800 int wildoff;
8801 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8802 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8803{
8804 char_u *buf;
8805 char_u *path_end;
8806 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8807 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8808 char_u *pat;
8809 regmatch_T regmatch;
8810 int starts_with_dot;
8811 int matches;
8812 int len;
8813 int starstar = FALSE;
8814 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8815
8816 DIR *dirp;
8817 struct dirent *dp;
8818
8819 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8820 if (stardepth > 0)
8821 {
8822 ui_breakcheck();
8823 if (got_int)
8824 return 0;
8825 }
8826
8827 /* make room for file name */
8828 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8829 if (buf == NULL)
8830 return 0;
8831
8832 /*
8833 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8834 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8835 */
8836 p = buf;
8837 s = buf;
8838 e = NULL;
8839 path_end = path;
8840 while (*path_end != NUL)
8841 {
8842 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8843 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8844 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8845 *p++ = *path_end++;
8846 else if (*path_end == '/')
8847 {
8848 if (e != NULL)
8849 break;
8850 s = p + 1;
8851 }
8852 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8853 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8854 e = p;
8855#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8856 if (has_mbyte)
8857 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008858 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008859 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8860 p += len;
8861 path_end += len;
8862 }
8863 else
8864#endif
8865 *p++ = *path_end++;
8866 }
8867 e = p;
8868 *e = NUL;
8869
8870 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8871 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8872 * component. */
8873 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8874 if (rem_backslash(p))
8875 {
8876 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8877 --e;
8878 --s;
8879 }
8880
8881 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8882 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8883 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8884 starstar = TRUE;
8885
8886 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8887 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8888 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8889 if (pat == NULL)
8890 {
8891 vim_free(buf);
8892 return 0;
8893 }
8894
8895 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00008896#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008897 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
8898#else
8899 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
8900#endif
8901 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8902 vim_free(pat);
8903
8904 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8905 {
8906 vim_free(buf);
8907 return 0;
8908 }
8909
8910 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8911 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8912 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8913 && *path_end == '/')
8914 {
8915 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8916 ++stardepth;
8917 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8918 --stardepth;
8919 }
8920
8921 /* open the directory for scanning */
8922 *s = NUL;
8923 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
8924
8925 /* Find all matching entries */
8926 if (dirp != NULL)
8927 {
8928 for (;;)
8929 {
8930 dp = readdir(dirp);
8931 if (dp == NULL)
8932 break;
8933 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8934 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
8935 {
8936 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
8937 len = STRLEN(buf);
8938
8939 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8940 {
8941 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8942 * find matches. */
8943 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8944 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8945 ++stardepth;
8946 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8947 --stardepth;
8948 }
8949
8950 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8951 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
8952 {
8953 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8954 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8955 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
8956 }
8957 else
8958 {
8959 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8960 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8961 if (*path_end != NUL)
8962 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8963 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8964 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008965#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008966 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
8967 char_u *precomp_buf =
8968 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008969
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008970 if (precomp_buf)
8971 {
8972 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
8973 vim_free(precomp_buf);
8974 }
8975#endif
8976 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8977 }
8978 }
8979 }
8980 }
8981
8982 closedir(dirp);
8983 }
8984
8985 vim_free(buf);
8986 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8987
8988 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8989 if (matches > 0)
8990 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
8991 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8992 return matches;
8993}
8994#endif
8995
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008996/*
8997 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
8998 *
8999 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9000 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9001 *
9002 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9003 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9004 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9005 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9006 */
9007 int
9008gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9009 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9010 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9011 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9012 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9013 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9014{
9015 int i;
9016 garray_T ga;
9017 char_u *p;
9018 static int recursive = FALSE;
9019 int add_pat;
9020
9021 /*
9022 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9023 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9024 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9025 * return FAIL.
9026 */
9027 if (recursive)
9028#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9029 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9030#else
9031 return FAIL;
9032#endif
9033
9034#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9035 /*
9036 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9037 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9038 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9039 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9040 */
9041 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9042 {
9043 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9044# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9045 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9046# endif
9047 )
9048 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9049 }
9050#endif
9051
9052 recursive = TRUE;
9053
9054 /*
9055 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9056 */
9057 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9058
9059 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9060 {
9061 add_pat = -1;
9062 p = pat[i];
9063
9064#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9065 if (vim_backtick(p))
9066 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9067 else
9068#endif
9069 {
9070 /*
9071 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9072 */
9073 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9074 {
9075 p = expand_env_save(p);
9076 if (p == NULL)
9077 p = pat[i];
9078#ifdef UNIX
9079 /*
9080 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9081 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9082 * found file names and start all over again.
9083 */
9084 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9085 {
9086 vim_free(p);
9087 ga_clear(&ga);
9088 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9089 flags);
9090 recursive = FALSE;
9091 return i;
9092 }
9093#endif
9094 }
9095
9096 /*
9097 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9098 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9099 * the pattern.
9100 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9101 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9102 */
9103 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9104 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9105 }
9106
9107 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9108 {
9109 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9110
9111#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9112 slash_to_colon(t);
9113#endif
9114 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9115 * "vim c:/" work. */
9116 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9117 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9118 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9119 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9120 vim_free(t);
9121 }
9122
9123 if (p != pat[i])
9124 vim_free(p);
9125 }
9126
9127 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9128 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9129
9130 recursive = FALSE;
9131
9132 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9133}
9134
9135# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9136
9137/*
9138 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9139 */
9140 static int
9141vim_backtick(p)
9142 char_u *p;
9143{
9144 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9145}
9146
9147/*
9148 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9149 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9150 * Returns number of file names found.
9151 */
9152 static int
9153expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9154 garray_T *gap;
9155 char_u *pat;
9156 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9157{
9158 char_u *p;
9159 char_u *cmd;
9160 char_u *buffer;
9161 int cnt = 0;
9162 int i;
9163
9164 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9165 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9166 if (cmd == NULL)
9167 return 0;
9168
9169#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9170 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009171 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009172 else
9173#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009174 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9175 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009176 vim_free(cmd);
9177 if (buffer == NULL)
9178 return 0;
9179
9180 cmd = buffer;
9181 while (*cmd != NUL)
9182 {
9183 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9184 p = cmd;
9185 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9186 ++p;
9187 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9188 if (p > cmd)
9189 {
9190 i = *p;
9191 *p = NUL;
9192 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9193 *p = i;
9194 ++cnt;
9195 }
9196 cmd = p;
9197 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9198 ++cmd;
9199 }
9200
9201 vim_free(buffer);
9202 return cnt;
9203}
9204# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9205
9206/*
9207 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9208 * EW_DIR add directories
9209 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009210 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009211 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9212 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9213 */
9214 void
9215addfile(gap, f, flags)
9216 garray_T *gap;
9217 char_u *f; /* filename */
9218 int flags;
9219{
9220 char_u *p;
9221 int isdir;
9222
9223 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9224 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9225 return;
9226
9227#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9228 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9229 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9230 return;
9231#endif
9232
9233 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9234 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9235 return;
9236
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009237 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9238 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9239 return;
9240
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009241 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9242 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9243 return;
9244
9245 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9246 if (p == NULL)
9247 return;
9248
9249 STRCPY(p, f);
9250#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9251 slash_adjust(p);
9252#endif
9253 /*
9254 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9255 */
9256#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9257 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9258 add_pathsep(p);
9259#endif
9260 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009261}
9262#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9263
9264#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9265
9266#ifndef SEEK_SET
9267# define SEEK_SET 0
9268#endif
9269#ifndef SEEK_END
9270# define SEEK_END 2
9271#endif
9272
9273/*
9274 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9275 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9276 */
9277 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009278get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009279 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009280 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009281 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9282{
9283 char_u *tempname;
9284 char_u *command;
9285 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9286 int len;
9287 int i = 0;
9288 FILE *fd;
9289
9290 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9291 return NULL;
9292
9293 /* get a name for the temp file */
9294 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9295 {
9296 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9297 return NULL;
9298 }
9299
9300 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009301 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009302 if (command == NULL)
9303 goto done;
9304
9305 /*
9306 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9307 * Don't check timestamps here.
9308 */
9309 ++no_check_timestamps;
9310 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9311 --no_check_timestamps;
9312
9313 vim_free(command);
9314
9315 /*
9316 * read the names from the file into memory
9317 */
9318# ifdef VMS
9319 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
9320 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9321# else
9322 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9323# endif
9324
9325 if (fd == NULL)
9326 {
9327 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9328 goto done;
9329 }
9330
9331 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9332 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9333 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9334
9335 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9336 if (buffer != NULL)
9337 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9338 fclose(fd);
9339 mch_remove(tempname);
9340 if (buffer == NULL)
9341 goto done;
9342#ifdef VMS
9343 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9344#endif
9345 if (i != len)
9346 {
9347 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9348 vim_free(buffer);
9349 buffer = NULL;
9350 }
9351 else
9352 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9353
9354done:
9355 vim_free(tempname);
9356 return buffer;
9357}
9358#endif
9359
9360/*
9361 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9362 * functions.
9363 */
9364 void
9365FreeWild(count, files)
9366 int count;
9367 char_u **files;
9368{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009369 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009370 return;
9371#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9372 /*
9373 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9374 * been used???
9375 */
9376 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9377#else
9378 while (count--)
9379 vim_free(files[count]);
9380 vim_free(files);
9381#endif
9382}
9383
9384/*
9385 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9386 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9387 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9388 */
9389 int
9390goto_im()
9391{
9392 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9393}